* scripttempl/armbpabi.sc: Replace DWARF sections with an
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
CommitLineData
252b5132 1/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
91c2f09e 2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
45dfa85a 3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012
87975d2a 4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
5
6 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
7
8 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
ec2655a6 10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
252b5132
RH
11 any later version.
12
13 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
4b4da160
NC
20 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
21 02110-1301, USA. */
252b5132 22
252b5132
RH
23/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
24 at the University of Utah. */
25
252b5132 26#include "as.h"
3882b010 27#include "safe-ctype.h"
252b5132 28#include "subsegs.h"
c79b7c30 29#include "dw2gencfi.h"
252b5132
RH
30
31#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
252b5132
RH
32
33/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34#include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
49863f82
JL
36#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38#endif
39
2d93dcc4
JL
40/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43#ifdef OBJ_ELF
44#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
2d93dcc4 45
0234cb7c 46/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
252b5132 47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
ad1079af 48
252b5132 49/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
ad1079af 50typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
252b5132
RH
51
52/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
ad1079af
AM
54#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
252b5132 56
ad1079af 57#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
252b5132 58/* How to generate a relocation. */
b388df87 59#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
3dcfe21d 60#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
b388df87
JL
61#else
62#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
3dcfe21d 63#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
b388df87 64#endif
252b5132
RH
65
66/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68#define obj_version obj_elf_version
69#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
46031ca9
JL
70
71#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
ad1079af 72#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
252b5132
RH
73
74#ifdef OBJ_SOM
75/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82typedef int reloc_type;
83
84/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85#define obj_version obj_som_version
86#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
252b5132
RH
88/* How to generate a relocation. */
89#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
ad1079af
AM
93#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
252b5132
RH
95
96/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97#ifndef R_DLT_REL
98#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99#endif
252b5132
RH
100
101#ifndef R_N0SEL
102#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103#endif
104
105#ifndef R_N1SEL
106#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107#endif
ad1079af 108#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
252b5132 109
8a238888
AM
110#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112#else
113#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114#endif
115
252b5132
RH
116/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
da6c73e0
AM
144/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
252b5132
RH
169struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210fp_operand_format;
211
212/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227pa_symbol_type;
228
229/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
1cf6ae67
JL
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
252b5132
RH
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
ad1079af 255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
252b5132
RH
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
252b5132
RH
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
ecacdc7a 282 +--------------+--------------+ */
252b5132
RH
283
284/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
49863f82 294#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
295/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
252b5132
RH
349/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
351e2b5a
DA
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
252b5132
RH
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
252b5132
RH
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
252b5132 428 };
49863f82
JL
429#endif
430
431/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437#ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439#endif
440#ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442#endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445label_symbol_struct;
252b5132
RH
446
447/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
ad1079af 460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
252b5132
RH
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
49863f82 492#ifdef OBJ_SOM
9b52905e 493static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
49863f82
JL
494#endif
495
85cf2a8a 496#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
9b52905e
NC
497static void pa_text (int);
498static void pa_data (int);
499static void pa_comm (int);
ad1079af 500#endif
49863f82 501#ifdef OBJ_SOM
9b52905e
NC
502static int exact_log2 (int);
503static void pa_compiler (int);
504static void pa_align (int);
505static void pa_space (int);
506static void pa_spnum (int);
507static void pa_subspace (int);
508static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
252b5132 509 int, int, int,
9b52905e
NC
510 asection *, int);
511static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
252b5132 512 char *, int, int,
351e2b5a 513 int, int, int, int,
252b5132 514 int, int, int, int,
9b52905e
NC
515 int, asection *);
516static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
252b5132
RH
517 char *, int, int, int,
518 int, int, int, int,
351e2b5a 519 int, int, int, int,
9b52905e
NC
520 asection *);
521static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
522static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
523static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
524static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
525 subsegT);
526static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
527static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
528static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
252b5132
RH
529#endif
530
67c1ffbe 531/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
252b5132 532
49863f82 533#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
534/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
535static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
536static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
537
538/* The current space and subspace. */
539static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
540static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
49863f82 541#endif
252b5132
RH
542
543/* Root of the call_info chain. */
544static struct call_info *call_info_root;
545
546/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
547 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
548 function labels. */
549static struct call_info *last_call_info;
550
551/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
552static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
553
554/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
555static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
556
85c77c38
DA
557/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
558 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
559 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
560const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
f0d7d5f9 561
252b5132
RH
562/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
563 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
564 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
565
566 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
567 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
568 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
569
a28a3ccf 570 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
252b5132
RH
571const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
572
ad1079af
AM
573/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
574 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
575const char comment_chars[] = ";";
576
252b5132
RH
577/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
578const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
579
580/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
581const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
582
583/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
584 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
585
586 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
499ac353
NC
587 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
588 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
252b5132
RH
589const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
590
591static struct pa_it the_insn;
592
0234cb7c 593/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
252b5132
RH
594 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
595 variable. */
596static char *expr_end;
597
598/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
599static int callinfo_found;
600
601/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
602static int within_entry_exit;
603
604/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
605static int within_procedure;
606
ad1079af 607/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
252b5132
RH
608 seen in each subspace. */
609static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
610
611/* Holds the last field selector. */
612static int hppa_field_selector;
613
f0a3b40f 614/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
0f4f8b56 615
f0a3b40f
DA
616 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
617 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
618
619 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
620 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
621 by pa_parse_number. */
622static int strict;
0f4f8b56 623
ecacdc7a
AM
624/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
625 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
626 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
627 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
628 register has a `r' suffix. */
629#define FP_REG_BASE 64
630#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
631static int pa_number;
632
993142d5 633#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
634/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
635static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
993142d5 636#endif
252b5132
RH
637
638/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
639static int print_errors = 1;
640
641/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
642
643 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
644 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
645
646 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
647 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
648
649 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
650 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
651 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
652 again have the value <REGNUM>.
653
654 Many registers also have synonyms:
655
656 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
657 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
f394e3dd 658 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
252b5132
RH
659 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
660 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
661 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
662
663 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
664 here for brevity.
665
a28a3ccf 666 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
252b5132
RH
667
668static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
669{
ecacdc7a
AM
670 {"%arg0", 26},
671 {"%arg1", 25},
672 {"%arg2", 24},
673 {"%arg3", 23},
674 {"%cr0", 0},
675 {"%cr10", 10},
676 {"%cr11", 11},
677 {"%cr12", 12},
678 {"%cr13", 13},
679 {"%cr14", 14},
680 {"%cr15", 15},
681 {"%cr16", 16},
682 {"%cr17", 17},
683 {"%cr18", 18},
684 {"%cr19", 19},
685 {"%cr20", 20},
686 {"%cr21", 21},
687 {"%cr22", 22},
688 {"%cr23", 23},
689 {"%cr24", 24},
690 {"%cr25", 25},
691 {"%cr26", 26},
692 {"%cr27", 27},
693 {"%cr28", 28},
694 {"%cr29", 29},
695 {"%cr30", 30},
696 {"%cr31", 31},
697 {"%cr8", 8},
698 {"%cr9", 9},
699 {"%dp", 27},
700 {"%eiem", 15},
701 {"%eirr", 23},
f394e3dd
NC
702 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
ecacdc7a
AM
706 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
709 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
713 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
716 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
719 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
722 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
725 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
728 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
731 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
734 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
737 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
742 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
746 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
749 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
752 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
755 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
758 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
761 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
764 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
767 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
770 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
775 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
779 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
784 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
787 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
790 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
793 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
796 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
799 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
801 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
85cf2a8a 802 {"%fret", 4},
ecacdc7a
AM
803 {"%hta", 25},
804 {"%iir", 19},
805 {"%ior", 21},
806 {"%ipsw", 22},
807 {"%isr", 20},
808 {"%itmr", 16},
809 {"%iva", 14},
8be31359
NC
810#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
811 {"%mrp", 2},
812#else
813 {"%mrp", 31},
814#endif
ecacdc7a
AM
815 {"%pcoq", 18},
816 {"%pcsq", 17},
817 {"%pidr1", 8},
818 {"%pidr2", 9},
252b5132
RH
819 {"%pidr3", 12},
820 {"%pidr4", 13},
ecacdc7a
AM
821 {"%ppda", 24},
822 {"%r0", 0},
823 {"%r1", 1},
824 {"%r10", 10},
825 {"%r11", 11},
826 {"%r12", 12},
827 {"%r13", 13},
828 {"%r14", 14},
829 {"%r15", 15},
830 {"%r16", 16},
831 {"%r17", 17},
832 {"%r18", 18},
833 {"%r19", 19},
834 {"%r2", 2},
835 {"%r20", 20},
836 {"%r21", 21},
837 {"%r22", 22},
838 {"%r23", 23},
839 {"%r24", 24},
840 {"%r25", 25},
841 {"%r26", 26},
842 {"%r27", 27},
843 {"%r28", 28},
844 {"%r29", 29},
845 {"%r3", 3},
846 {"%r30", 30},
847 {"%r31", 31},
848 {"%r4", 4},
849 {"%r5", 5},
850 {"%r6", 6},
851 {"%r7", 7},
852 {"%r8", 8},
853 {"%r9", 9},
854 {"%rctr", 0},
855 {"%ret0", 28},
856 {"%ret1", 29},
857 {"%rp", 2},
858 {"%sar", 11},
859 {"%sp", 30},
860 {"%sr0", 0},
861 {"%sr1", 1},
862 {"%sr2", 2},
863 {"%sr3", 3},
864 {"%sr4", 4},
865 {"%sr5", 5},
866 {"%sr6", 6},
867 {"%sr7", 7},
85cf2a8a
NC
868 {"%t1", 22},
869 {"%t2", 21},
870 {"%t3", 20},
871 {"%t4", 19},
872 {"%tf1", 11},
873 {"%tf2", 10},
874 {"%tf3", 9},
875 {"%tf4", 8},
ecacdc7a
AM
876 {"%tr0", 24},
877 {"%tr1", 25},
878 {"%tr2", 26},
879 {"%tr3", 27},
880 {"%tr4", 28},
881 {"%tr5", 29},
882 {"%tr6", 30},
883 {"%tr7", 31}
252b5132
RH
884};
885
886/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
887 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
888 for < first, we would get a false match. */
889static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
890{
891 {"false?", 0},
892 {"false", 1},
893 {"true?", 30},
894 {"true", 31},
895 {"!<=>", 3},
896 {"!?>=", 8},
897 {"!?<=", 16},
898 {"!<>", 7},
899 {"!>=", 11},
900 {"!?>", 12},
901 {"?<=", 14},
902 {"!<=", 19},
903 {"!?<", 20},
904 {"?>=", 22},
905 {"!?=", 24},
906 {"!=t", 27},
907 {"<=>", 29},
908 {"=t", 5},
909 {"?=", 6},
910 {"?<", 10},
911 {"<=", 13},
912 {"!>", 15},
913 {"?>", 18},
914 {">=", 21},
915 {"!<", 23},
916 {"<>", 25},
917 {"!=", 26},
918 {"!?", 28},
919 {"?", 2},
920 {"=", 4},
921 {"<", 9},
922 {">", 17}
923};
924
925static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
926{
927 {"f", e_fsel},
928 {"l", e_lsel},
929 {"ld", e_ldsel},
930 {"lp", e_lpsel},
931 {"lr", e_lrsel},
932 {"ls", e_lssel},
933 {"lt", e_ltsel},
39ba5561 934 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
252b5132
RH
935 {"n", e_nsel},
936 {"nl", e_nlsel},
937 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
938 {"p", e_psel},
939 {"r", e_rsel},
940 {"rd", e_rdsel},
941 {"rp", e_rpsel},
942 {"rr", e_rrsel},
943 {"rs", e_rssel},
944 {"rt", e_rtsel},
39ba5561 945 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
252b5132
RH
946 {"t", e_tsel},
947};
948
49863f82 949#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
950/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
951
4e3b43ed
AM
952#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
953#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
252b5132
RH
954
955/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
956#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
957#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
958#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
959#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
960#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
961#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
962#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
963#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
964
965static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
966{
351e2b5a
DA
967 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
968 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
969 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
970 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
971 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
972 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
252b5132
RH
973};
974
975static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
976{
49863f82
JL
977 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
978 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
979 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
252b5132
RH
980};
981
982/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
983
252b5132
RH
984/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
985#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
986#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
987#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
988#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
989
990#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
991#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
49863f82
JL
992#endif
993
994/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
995 a right or left half of a FP register */
996#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
997#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
252b5132 998
91c2f09e
DA
999/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
1000
1001#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1002 { \
1003 if (immediate_check) \
1004 { \
1005 if (pos == -1) \
1006 pos = (VALUE); \
1007 else if (len == -1) \
1008 len = (VALUE); \
1009 } \
1010 }
1011
252b5132
RH
1012/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1013 main loop after insertion. */
1014
1015#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1016 { \
1017 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1018 continue; \
1019 }
1020
0234cb7c 1021/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
252b5132
RH
1022 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1023
1024#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1025 { \
1026 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1027 { \
1028 if (! IGNORE) \
4e3b43ed 1029 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
252b5132 1030 (int) (FIELD));\
4e3b43ed 1031 break; \
252b5132
RH
1032 } \
1033 }
1034
55cf6793 1035/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
b091f402
AM
1036 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1037
1038#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1039 { \
1040 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1041 { \
4e3b43ed 1042 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
b091f402
AM
1043 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1044 (int) (FIELD));\
4e3b43ed 1045 break; \
b091f402
AM
1046 } \
1047 }
1048
0234cb7c 1049/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
a02fab7e
JL
1050 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1051
1052#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1053 { \
1054 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1055 { \
1056 if (! IGNORE) \
4e3b43ed 1057 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
a02fab7e 1058 (int) (FIELD));\
4e3b43ed 1059 break; \
a02fab7e
JL
1060 } \
1061 }
1062
252b5132
RH
1063#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1064 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
a0f75b47 1065 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
252b5132 1066
6bba1048
DA
1067#define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1068 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1069 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1070
252b5132
RH
1071#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1072 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
a0f75b47 1073 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
252b5132 1074
9b52905e
NC
1075#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1076 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1077 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1078
1079#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1080 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1081 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1082
1083#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1084 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1085 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1086
1087#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1088 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1089 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1090
1091#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1092 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1093 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1094
252b5132
RH
1095/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1096 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1097 need real complex handling yet. */
1098#define is_complex(exp) \
1099 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1100
1101/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1102
1103/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1104 proc/procend pairs match. */
1105
1106void
9b52905e 1107pa_check_eof (void)
252b5132
RH
1108{
1109 if (within_entry_exit)
1110 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1111
1112 if (within_procedure)
1113 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1114}
1115
252b5132
RH
1116/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1117 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1118
1119static label_symbol_struct *
9b52905e 1120pa_get_label (void)
252b5132
RH
1121{
1122 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
252b5132
RH
1123
1124 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1125 label_chain;
1126 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
49863f82
JL
1127 {
1128#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1129 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1130 return label_chain;
1131#endif
1132#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1133 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
252b5132 1134 return label_chain;
49863f82
JL
1135#endif
1136 }
252b5132
RH
1137
1138 return NULL;
1139}
1140
1141/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1142 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1143
1144void
9b52905e 1145pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
252b5132
RH
1146{
1147 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
252b5132
RH
1148
1149 if (label_chain)
1150 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1151 else
1152 {
1153 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
9b52905e 1154 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
252b5132 1155 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
49863f82
JL
1156#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1157 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1158#endif
1159#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1160 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1161#endif
252b5132
RH
1162 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1163
1164 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1165 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1166
1167 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1168 }
07a53e5c
RH
1169
1170#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1171 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1172#endif
252b5132
RH
1173}
1174
1175/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1176 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1177
1178static void
9b52905e 1179pa_undefine_label (void)
252b5132
RH
1180{
1181 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1182 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
252b5132
RH
1183
1184 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1185 label_chain;
1186 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1187 {
49863f82
JL
1188 if (1
1189#ifdef OBJ_SOM
cc8a6dd0 1190 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
49863f82
JL
1191#endif
1192#ifdef OBJ_ELF
cc8a6dd0 1193 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
49863f82
JL
1194#endif
1195 )
252b5132
RH
1196 {
1197 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1198 if (prev_label_chain)
1199 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1200 else
1201 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1202
1203 free (label_chain);
1204 break;
1205 }
1206 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1207 }
1208}
1209
252b5132
RH
1210/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1211 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1212 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1213 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1214 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1215 tc_fix_data field. */
1216
1217static void
9b52905e
NC
1218fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1219 int where,
1220 int size,
1221 symbolS *add_symbol,
1222 offsetT offset,
1223 expressionS *exp,
1224 int pcrel,
1225 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1226 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1227 int r_format,
1228 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1229 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
1230{
1231 fixS *new_fix;
9b52905e 1232 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
252b5132
RH
1233
1234 if (exp != NULL)
1235 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1236 else
1237 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1238 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1239 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1240 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1241 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1242 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1243 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1244#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1245 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
da6c73e0 1246 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
252b5132
RH
1247#endif
1248
1249 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1250 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
904a31bf 1251 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
252b5132 1252 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
904a31bf 1253 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
6bba1048 1254 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
9b52905e
NC
1255 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1256 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1257 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1258 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1259 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1260 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
252b5132
RH
1261 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1262}
1263
252b5132
RH
1264/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1265 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1266
1267void
9b52905e 1268cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
252b5132
RH
1269{
1270 unsigned int rel_type;
1271
1272 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1273 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1274 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
9992270f
DA
1275 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1276 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
9b52905e 1277#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6bba1048
DA
1278 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1279 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
9b52905e
NC
1280 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1281 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1282 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1283 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1284 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1285 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1286 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1287 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1288 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1289 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1290#endif
252b5132
RH
1291 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1292 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1293 else
1294 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1295
1296 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
ad1079af
AM
1297 {
1298 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1299 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1300 }
252b5132
RH
1301
1302 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1303 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
da6c73e0 1304 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
252b5132
RH
1305
1306 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1307 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1308}
1309
9b52905e 1310/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
252b5132 1311
9b52905e
NC
1312static void
1313get_expression (char *str)
252b5132 1314{
9b52905e
NC
1315 char *save_in;
1316 asection *seg;
252b5132 1317
9b52905e
NC
1318 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1319 input_line_pointer = str;
1320 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1321 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1322 || seg == undefined_section
1323 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
252b5132 1324 {
9b52905e
NC
1325 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1326 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1327 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1328 return;
252b5132 1329 }
9b52905e
NC
1330 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1331 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1332}
252b5132 1333
9b52905e
NC
1334/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1335 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
252b5132 1336
9b52905e
NC
1337static int
1338pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1339{
1340 int nullif;
252b5132 1341
9b52905e
NC
1342 nullif = 0;
1343 if (**s == ',')
252b5132 1344 {
9b52905e
NC
1345 *s = *s + 1;
1346 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1347 nullif = 1;
1348 else
252b5132 1349 {
9b52905e
NC
1350 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1351 nullif = 0;
252b5132 1352 }
9b52905e 1353 *s = *s + 1;
252b5132
RH
1354 }
1355
9b52905e 1356 return nullif;
252b5132
RH
1357}
1358
9b52905e
NC
1359char *
1360md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1361{
499ac353 1362 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
252b5132
RH
1363}
1364
9b52905e 1365/* Write out big-endian. */
252b5132 1366
9b52905e
NC
1367void
1368md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
252b5132 1369{
9b52905e
NC
1370 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1371}
252b5132 1372
9b52905e
NC
1373/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1374 format. */
252b5132 1375
9b52905e
NC
1376arelent **
1377tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1378{
1379 arelent *reloc;
1380 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1381 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1382 arelent **relocs;
1383 reloc_type **codes;
1384 reloc_type code;
1385 int n_relocs;
1386 int i;
b1c5e0ee 1387
9b52905e
NC
1388 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1389 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1390 return &no_relocs;
252b5132 1391
9c2799c2
NC
1392 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1393 gas_assert (section != 0);
252b5132 1394
9b52905e 1395 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
252b5132 1396
9b52905e
NC
1397 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1398 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
8c9b70b1
RH
1399
1400 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1401 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1402 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1403 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1404 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
87975d2a
AM
1405 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
1406 && fixp->fx_pcrel)
8c9b70b1
RH
1407 {
1408 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1409 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1410 }
1411
9b52905e
NC
1412 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1413 fixp->fx_r_type,
1414 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1415 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1416 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1417 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
252b5132 1418
9b52905e
NC
1419 if (codes == NULL)
1420 {
1421 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1422 abort ();
1423 }
252b5132 1424
9b52905e
NC
1425 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1426 ;
252b5132 1427
9b52905e
NC
1428 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1429 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1430 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1431 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
252b5132 1432
9b52905e 1433 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
252b5132 1434
9b52905e
NC
1435#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1436 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
252b5132 1437 {
9b52905e 1438 default:
9c2799c2 1439 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
252b5132 1440
9b52905e 1441 code = *codes[0];
252b5132 1442
9b52905e
NC
1443 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1444 switch (code)
1445 {
1446 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1447 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1448 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1449 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1450 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1451 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1452 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1453 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1454 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1455 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
252b5132 1456
9b52905e
NC
1457 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1458 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1459 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1460 reloc->addend = 0;
1461 break;
252b5132 1462
9b52905e
NC
1463#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1464 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1465 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1466 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1467 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1468 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1469 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1470 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1471 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1472 fixp->fx_offset);
1473 break;
1474#endif
680ef6de 1475
9b52905e
NC
1476 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1477 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1478 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1479 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1480 /* Fall thru */
252b5132 1481
9b52905e
NC
1482 default:
1483 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1484 break;
1485 }
252b5132 1486
9b52905e
NC
1487 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1488 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1489 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1490 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1491 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
252b5132 1492
9c2799c2 1493 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
9b52905e
NC
1494 break;
1495 }
1496#else /* OBJ_SOM */
252b5132 1497
9b52905e
NC
1498 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1499 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1500 {
1501 code = *codes[i];
252b5132 1502
9b52905e
NC
1503 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1504 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1505 relocs[i]->howto =
1506 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1507 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1508 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
a97685e9 1509
9b52905e
NC
1510 switch (code)
1511 {
1512 case R_COMP2:
1513 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1514 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1515 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
9c2799c2 1516 gas_assert (i == 1);
9b52905e
NC
1517 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1518 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1519 relocs[0]->howto
1520 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1521 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1522 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1523 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1524 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1525 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1526 relocs[1]->howto
1527 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1528 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1529 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1530 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1531 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1532 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1533 relocs[2]->howto
1534 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1535 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1536 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1537 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1538 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1539 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1540 relocs[3]->howto
1541 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1542 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1543 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1544 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1545 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1546 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1547 relocs[4]->howto
1548 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1549 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1550 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1551 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1552 goto done;
1553 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1554 case R_ABS_CALL:
1555 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1556 break;
a97685e9 1557
9b52905e
NC
1558 case R_DLT_REL:
1559 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1560 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1561 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1562 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1563 (static link required).
252b5132 1564
9b52905e 1565 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
252b5132 1566
9b52905e
NC
1567 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1568 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1569 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1570 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1571 break;
413c94ba 1572
9b52905e
NC
1573 case R_N_MODE:
1574 case R_S_MODE:
1575 case R_D_MODE:
1576 case R_R_MODE:
1577 case R_FSEL:
1578 case R_LSEL:
1579 case R_RSEL:
1580 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1581 case R_END_BRTAB:
1582 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1583 case R_N0SEL:
1584 case R_N1SEL:
1585 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1586 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1587 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1588 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1589 break;
252b5132 1590
9b52905e
NC
1591 case R_END_TRY:
1592 case R_ENTRY:
1593 case R_EXIT:
1594 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1595 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1596 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1597 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1598 break;
252b5132 1599
9b52905e
NC
1600 default:
1601 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1602 }
1603 }
252b5132 1604
9b52905e
NC
1605 done:
1606#endif
252b5132 1607
9b52905e
NC
1608 return relocs;
1609}
252b5132 1610
9b52905e 1611/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
680ef6de 1612
9b52905e
NC
1613void
1614md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1615 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1616 fragS *fragP)
1617{
1618 unsigned int address;
252b5132 1619
9b52905e
NC
1620 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1621 {
1622 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1623 {
1624 case 0:
1625 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1626 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1627 know (fragP->fr_next);
1628 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1629 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1630 {
1631 fragP->fr_offset =
1632 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1633 - fragP->fr_address
1634 - fragP->fr_fix;
1635 }
1636 else
1637 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1638 break;
1639 }
1640 }
1641}
252b5132 1642
9b52905e 1643/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
28252e61 1644
9b52905e
NC
1645valueT
1646md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1647{
1648 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1649 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
252b5132 1650
9b52905e
NC
1651 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1652}
28252e61 1653
9b52905e 1654/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
d53d2751 1655
9b52905e
NC
1656int
1657md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1658{
1659 int size;
d53d2751 1660
9b52905e 1661 size = 0;
d53d2751 1662
9b52905e
NC
1663 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1664 size++;
d53d2751 1665
9b52905e
NC
1666 return size;
1667}
1668\f
1669#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1670# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1671const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1672# else
1673const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1674# endif
1675#else
1676# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1677const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1678# else
1679const char *md_shortopts = "";
1680# endif
1681#endif
ce674324 1682
9b52905e
NC
1683struct option md_longopts[] =
1684{
1685#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1686 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1687#endif
1688 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1689};
1690size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
ce674324 1691
9b52905e
NC
1692int
1693md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1694{
1695 switch (c)
1696 {
1697 default:
1698 return 0;
ce674324 1699
9b52905e
NC
1700#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1701 case 'V':
1702 print_version_id ();
1703 break;
1704#endif
1705#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1706 case 'c':
1707 warn_comment = 1;
1708 break;
1709#endif
1710 }
ce674324 1711
9b52905e
NC
1712 return 1;
1713}
680ef6de 1714
9b52905e
NC
1715void
1716md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1717{
1718#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1719 fprintf (stream, _("\
1720 -Q ignored\n"));
1721#endif
1722#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1723 fprintf (stream, _("\
1724 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1725#endif
1726}
1727\f
1728/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
680ef6de 1729
9b52905e
NC
1730symbolS *
1731md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1732{
1733 return NULL;
1734}
680ef6de 1735
9b52905e
NC
1736#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1737#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1738 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1739#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1740 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1741#else
1742#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1743#endif
680ef6de 1744
9b52905e 1745/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
680ef6de 1746
9b52905e
NC
1747void
1748md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1749{
1750 char *fixpos;
1751 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1752 offsetT new_val;
1753 int insn, val, fmt;
680ef6de 1754
9b52905e
NC
1755 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1756 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1757 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1758#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1759 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1760 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1761 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1762 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1763 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1764 return;
28252e61 1765
9b52905e
NC
1766 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1767 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1768 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1769 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1770 {
1771 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1772 return;
1773 }
1774#endif
1775#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1776 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1777 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1778 return;
1779#endif
28252e61 1780
9b52905e
NC
1781 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1782 fixP->fx_done = 1;
680ef6de 1783
9b52905e
NC
1784 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1785 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1786 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1787 {
1788 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1789 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1790 fixP->fx_r_type);
1791 return;
1792 }
680ef6de 1793
9b52905e 1794 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
9e4f2d3a 1795
9b52905e
NC
1796 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1797 {
1798 /* Handle constant output. */
1799 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1800 return;
1801 }
9e4f2d3a 1802
9b52905e
NC
1803 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1804 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
d53d2751 1805
9b52905e
NC
1806 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1807 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1808 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1809 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1810 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1811 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1812#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1813 && fmt != 32
1814#endif
1815 )
1816 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1817#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1818 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1819 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1820 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1821 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1822 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1823 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1824 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1825 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1826#endif
1827 else
1828 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
680ef6de 1829
9b52905e
NC
1830 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1831 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1832 && fixP->fx_addsy
1833 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1834 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1835 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1836#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1837 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1838 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1839 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1840#endif
1841#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1842 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1843 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1844#endif
1845 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1846 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1847 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1848 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1849 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1850 {
1851 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1852 }
680ef6de 1853
9b52905e
NC
1854 switch (fmt)
1855 {
1856 case 10:
1857 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1858 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1859 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1860
9b52905e
NC
1861 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1862 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1863 break;
1864 case -11:
1865 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1866 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1867 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1868
9b52905e
NC
1869 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1870 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1871 break;
1872 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1873 case 14:
1874 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1875 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1876 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1877
9b52905e
NC
1878 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1879 break;
680ef6de 1880
9b52905e
NC
1881 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1882 case 21:
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1886
9b52905e
NC
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1888 break;
680ef6de 1889
9b52905e
NC
1890 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1891 case 11:
1892 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1893 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1894 val = new_val;
680ef6de 1895
9b52905e
NC
1896 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1897 break;
680ef6de 1898
9b52905e
NC
1899 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1900 case 12:
1901 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1902 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1903 val = new_val - 8;
680ef6de 1904
9b52905e
NC
1905 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1906 break;
680ef6de 1907
9b52905e
NC
1908 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1909 case 17:
1910 {
1911 offsetT distance = * valP;
680ef6de 1912
9b52905e
NC
1913 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1914 range target, then we want to complain. */
1915 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1916 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1917 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1918 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
680ef6de 1919
9b52905e
NC
1920 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1921 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1922 val = new_val - 8;
680ef6de 1923
9b52905e
NC
1924 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1925 break;
1926 }
413c94ba 1927
9b52905e
NC
1928 case 22:
1929 {
1930 offsetT distance = * valP;
413c94ba 1931
9b52905e
NC
1932 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1933 range target, then we want to complain. */
1934 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1935 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1936 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1937 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
413c94ba 1938
9b52905e
NC
1939 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1940 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1941 val = new_val - 8;
413c94ba 1942
9b52905e
NC
1943 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1944 break;
1945 }
413c94ba 1946
9b52905e
NC
1947 case -10:
1948 val = new_val;
1949 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1950 break;
413c94ba 1951
9b52905e
NC
1952 case -16:
1953 val = new_val;
1954 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1955 break;
413c94ba 1956
9b52905e
NC
1957 case 16:
1958 val = new_val;
1959 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1960 break;
252b5132 1961
9b52905e
NC
1962 case 32:
1963 insn = new_val;
1964 break;
55a914bc 1965
9b52905e
NC
1966 default:
1967 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1968 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1969 return;
1970 }
9a913dfb 1971
9b52905e
NC
1972#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1973 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1974 {
1975 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1976 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1977 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1978 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1979 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1980 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1981 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1982 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
4e3b43ed 1983 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
9b52905e
NC
1984 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1985 break;
1986 default:
1987 break;
1988 }
1989#endif
9a913dfb 1990
9b52905e
NC
1991 /* Insert the relocation. */
1992 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1993}
252b5132 1994
9b52905e
NC
1995/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1996 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
55a914bc 1997
9b52905e
NC
1998long
1999md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
2000{
2001 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2002}
9a913dfb 2003
9b52905e
NC
2004/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2005 a statement. */
252b5132 2006
9b52905e
NC
2007static int
2008is_end_of_statement (void)
2009{
2010 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2011 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2012 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2013}
9a913dfb 2014
9b52905e 2015#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
9a913dfb 2016
9b52905e
NC
2017/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2018 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
252b5132 2019
9b52905e
NC
2020static int
2021reg_name_search (char *name)
2022{
2023 int middle, low, high;
2024 int cmp;
9a913dfb 2025
9b52905e
NC
2026 low = 0;
2027 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
d53d2751 2028
9b52905e
NC
2029 do
2030 {
2031 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2032 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2033 if (cmp < 0)
2034 high = middle - 1;
2035 else if (cmp > 0)
2036 low = middle + 1;
2037 else
2038 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2039 }
2040 while (low <= high);
252b5132 2041
9b52905e
NC
2042 return -1;
2043}
9a913dfb 2044
9b52905e
NC
2045/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2046 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2047 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
d53d2751 2048
9b52905e
NC
2049 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2050 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2051 returned in `pa_number'.
d53d2751 2052
9b52905e
NC
2053 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2054 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2055 not set.
d53d2751 2056
9b52905e
NC
2057 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2058 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
55a914bc 2059
9b52905e
NC
2060static int
2061pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2062{
2063 int num;
2064 char *name;
2065 char c;
2066 symbolS *sym;
2067 int status;
2068 char *p = *s;
2069 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
9a913dfb 2070
9b52905e
NC
2071 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2072 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2073 p = p + 1;
d53d2751 2074
9b52905e
NC
2075 pa_number = -1;
2076 have_prefix = 0;
2077 num = 0;
2078 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2079 {
2080 /* Looks like a number. */
d53d2751 2081
9b52905e
NC
2082 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2083 {
2084 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2085 p += 2;
2086 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2087 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2088 {
2089 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2090 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2091 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2092 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2093 else
2094 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2095 ++p;
2096 }
2097 }
2098 else
2099 {
2100 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2101 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2102 {
2103 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2104 ++p;
2105 }
2106 }
55a914bc 2107
9b52905e 2108 pa_number = num;
55a914bc 2109
9b52905e
NC
2110 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2111 if (is_float)
2112 {
2113 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2114 if (! (is_float & 2))
2115 {
2116 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2117 {
2118 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2119 ++p;
2120 }
2121 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2122 {
2123 ++p;
2124 }
2125 }
2126 }
2127 }
2128 else if (*p == '%')
2129 {
2130 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2131 have_prefix = 1;
2132 name = p;
2133 p++;
2134 c = *p;
2135 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4e3b43ed
AM
2136 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2137 slow. */
9b52905e
NC
2138 if (c == 'r')
2139 {
2140 p++;
2141 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2142 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2143 {
2144 p += 2;
2145 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2146 p++;
2147 }
2148 else if (*p == 'p')
2149 {
2150 num = 2;
2151 p++;
2152 }
2153 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2154 {
2155 if (print_errors)
2156 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2157 num = -1;
2158 }
2159 else
2160 {
2161 do
2162 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2163 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2164 }
2165 }
2166 else
2167 {
2168 /* Do a normal register search. */
2169 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2170 {
2171 p = p + 1;
2172 c = *p;
2173 }
2174 *p = 0;
2175 status = reg_name_search (name);
2176 if (status >= 0)
2177 num = status;
2178 else
2179 {
2180 if (print_errors)
2181 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2182 num = -1;
2183 }
2184 *p = c;
2185 }
d53d2751 2186
9b52905e
NC
2187 pa_number = num;
2188 }
2189 else
2190 {
2191 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4e3b43ed 2192 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
9b52905e
NC
2193 name = p;
2194 c = *p;
2195 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2196 {
2197 p = p + 1;
2198 c = *p;
2199 }
2200 *p = 0;
2201 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2202 {
2203 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2204 {
2205 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2206 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2207 register, so... */
2208 have_prefix = TRUE;
2209 }
45dfa85a 2210 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9b52905e
NC
2211 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2212 else if (!strict)
2213 {
2214 if (print_errors)
2215 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2216 num = -1;
2217 }
2218 }
2219 else if (!strict)
2220 {
2221 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2222 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2223 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2224 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2225 if (*name == 0)
2226 num = 0;
2227 else
2228 {
2229 if (print_errors)
2230 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2231 num = -1;
2232 }
2233 }
2234 *p = c;
d53d2751 2235
9b52905e
NC
2236 pa_number = num;
2237 }
d53d2751 2238
9b52905e
NC
2239 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2240 {
2241 *s = p;
2242 return 1;
2243 }
2244 return 0;
2245}
252b5132 2246
9b52905e
NC
2247/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2248 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
252b5132 2249
9b52905e
NC
2250static int
2251need_pa11_opcode (void)
2252{
2253 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2254 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2255 {
2256 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2257 then set a new architecture. */
2258 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2259 {
2260 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2261 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2262 }
2263 return TRUE;
2264 }
2265 else
2266 return FALSE;
2267}
252b5132 2268
9b52905e
NC
2269/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2270 code associated with the condition. */
252b5132 2271
9b52905e
NC
2272static int
2273pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2274{
2275 int cond, i;
dbe2f9ee 2276
9b52905e 2277 cond = 0;
1cf6ae67 2278
9b52905e
NC
2279 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2280 {
2281 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2282 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2283 {
2284 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2285 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2286 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2287 report an error. */
2288 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2289 {
2290 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2291 break;
2292 }
2293 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2294 *s = *s + 1;
2295 return cond;
2296 }
2297 }
1cf6ae67 2298
9b52905e 2299 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
1cf6ae67 2300
9b52905e
NC
2301 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2302 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2303 *s += 1;
252b5132 2304
9b52905e
NC
2305 return 0;
2306}
65fab780 2307
9b52905e 2308/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
65fab780 2309
9b52905e
NC
2310static int
2311pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2312{
2313 int value;
65fab780 2314
9b52905e
NC
2315 value = 0;
2316 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2317 {
2318 value = 5;
2319 *s += 4;
2320 }
2321 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2322 {
2323 value = 9;
2324 *s += 4;
2325 }
2326 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2327 {
2328 value = 13;
2329 *s += 4;
2330 }
2331 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2332 {
2333 value = 17;
2334 *s += 4;
2335 }
2336 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2337 {
2338 value = 1;
2339 *s += 3;
2340 }
2341 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2342 {
2343 value = 6;
2344 *s += 4;
2345 }
2346 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2347 {
2348 value = 2;
2349 *s += 3;
2350 }
2351 else
2352 {
2353 value = 0;
2354 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2355 }
1328dc98 2356
9b52905e
NC
2357 return value;
2358}
1328dc98 2359
9b52905e
NC
2360/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2361 type. */
1328dc98 2362
9b52905e
NC
2363static fp_operand_format
2364pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2365{
2366 int format;
1328dc98 2367
9b52905e
NC
2368 format = SGL;
2369 if (**s == ',')
2370 {
2371 *s += 1;
2372 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2373 {
2374 format = SGL;
2375 *s += 4;
2376 }
2377 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2378 {
2379 format = DBL;
2380 *s += 4;
2381 }
2382 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2383 {
2384 format = QUAD;
2385 *s += 5;
2386 }
2387 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2388 {
2389 format = W;
2390 *s += 2;
2391 }
2392 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2393 {
2394 format = UW;
2395 *s += 3;
2396 }
2397 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2398 {
2399 format = DW;
2400 *s += 3;
2401 }
2402 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2403 {
2404 format = UDW;
2405 *s += 4;
2406 }
2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2408 {
2409 format = QW;
2410 *s += 3;
2411 }
2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2413 {
2414 format = UQW;
2415 *s += 4;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2421 }
2422 }
65fab780 2423
9b52905e
NC
2424 return format;
2425}
61dd1d31 2426
9b52905e
NC
2427/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2428 type. */
252b5132 2429
9b52905e
NC
2430static fp_operand_format
2431pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2432{
2433 int format;
252b5132 2434
9b52905e
NC
2435 format = SGL;
2436 if (**s == ',')
2437 {
2438 *s += 1;
2439 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2440 {
2441 format = SGL;
2442 *s += 4;
2443 }
2444 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2445 {
2446 format = DBL;
2447 *s += 4;
2448 }
2449 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2450 {
2451 format = QUAD;
2452 *s += 5;
2453 }
2454 else
2455 {
2456 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2457 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2458 }
2459 }
252b5132 2460
9b52905e
NC
2461 return format;
2462}
a02fab7e 2463
9b52905e 2464/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
a02fab7e 2465
9b52905e
NC
2466static int
2467pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2468{
2469 int middle, low, high;
2470 int cmp;
2471 char name[4];
a02fab7e 2472
9b52905e
NC
2473 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2474 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2475 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2476 *str = *str + 1;
252b5132 2477
9b52905e
NC
2478 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2479 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2480 name[1] = 0;
2481 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2482 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2483 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2484 name[2] = 0;
2485 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2486 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2487 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2488 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2489 name[3] = 0;
2490 else
2491 return e_fsel;
252b5132 2492
9b52905e
NC
2493 low = 0;
2494 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
77c02e18 2495
9b52905e
NC
2496 do
2497 {
2498 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2499 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2500 if (cmp < 0)
2501 high = middle - 1;
2502 else if (cmp > 0)
2503 low = middle + 1;
2504 else
2505 {
2506 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2507#ifndef OBJ_SOM
2508 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2509 return e_fsel;
2510#endif
2511 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2512 }
2513 }
2514 while (low <= high);
252b5132 2515
9b52905e
NC
2516 return e_fsel;
2517}
4964086a 2518
9b52905e
NC
2519/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2520 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
ce674324 2521
9b52905e
NC
2522void
2523parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2524{
2525 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2526 expression (exp);
2527}
d53d2751 2528
9b52905e
NC
2529/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2530 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2531static int
2532evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2533{
2534 offsetT value;
2535 expressionS exp;
2536 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
a97685e9 2537
9b52905e
NC
2538 exp = insn->exp;
2539 value = exp.X_add_number;
413c94ba 2540
9b52905e
NC
2541 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2542}
252b5132 2543
9b52905e 2544/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
a97685e9 2545
9b52905e
NC
2546static int
2547pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2548{
2549 char *save_in;
9e4f2d3a 2550
9b52905e
NC
2551 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2552 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2553 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2554 expression (&insn->exp);
8c57c799
DA
2555 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2556 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2557 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2558 {
2559 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */
2560 if (!strict)
2561 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2562 return 0;
2563 }
2564 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2565}
2566
2567/* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the
2568 first whitespace character. */
2569
2570static int
2571pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2572{
2573 char *save_in;
2574 char *s, c;
2575 int result;
2576
2577 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2578 input_line_pointer = *strp;
9e4f2d3a 2579
8c57c799 2580 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
9b52905e 2581 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
8c57c799
DA
2582 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the
2583 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling
2584 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered
2585 in the symbol table.
252b5132 2586
8c57c799
DA
2587 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string
2588 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally
2589 contain no whitespace. */
9e4f2d3a 2590
8c57c799
DA
2591 s = *strp;
2592 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2593 s++;
252b5132 2594
8c57c799
DA
2595 c = *s;
2596 *s = 0;
d53d2751 2597
8c57c799 2598 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
252b5132 2599
9b52905e 2600 input_line_pointer = save_in;
8c57c799
DA
2601 *s = c;
2602 return result;
9b52905e 2603}
252b5132 2604
9b52905e
NC
2605/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2606 argument location number. */
252b5132 2607
9b52905e
NC
2608static unsigned int
2609pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2610{
252b5132 2611
9b52905e
NC
2612 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2613 return 0;
2614 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2615 return 1;
2616 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2617 return 2;
2618 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2619 return 3;
2620 else
2621 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
252b5132 2622
9b52905e
NC
2623 return 0;
2624}
252b5132 2625
9b52905e
NC
2626/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2627 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
252b5132 2628
9b52905e
NC
2629static unsigned int
2630pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2631{
2632 unsigned int new_reloc;
252b5132 2633
9b52905e
NC
2634 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2635 switch (reg)
2636 {
2637 case 0:
2638 new_reloc <<= 8;
2639 break;
2640 case 1:
2641 new_reloc <<= 6;
2642 break;
2643 case 2:
2644 new_reloc <<= 4;
2645 break;
2646 case 3:
2647 new_reloc <<= 2;
2648 break;
2649 default:
2650 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2651 }
252b5132 2652
9b52905e
NC
2653 return new_reloc;
2654}
1cf6ae67 2655
9b52905e
NC
2656/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2657 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 2658
9b52905e
NC
2659static int
2660pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2661{
2662 int cmpltr;
2663 char *name = *s + 1;
2664 char c;
2665 char *save_s = *s;
2666 int nullify = 0;
252b5132 2667
9b52905e
NC
2668 cmpltr = 0;
2669 if (**s == ',')
2670 {
2671 *s += 1;
2672 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2673 *s += 1;
2674 c = **s;
2675 **s = 0x00;
252b5132 2676
9b52905e
NC
2677 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2678 {
2679 cmpltr = 1;
2680 }
2681 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2682 {
2683 cmpltr = 2;
2684 }
2685 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2686 {
2687 cmpltr = 3;
2688 }
2689 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2690 {
2691 cmpltr = 4;
2692 }
2693 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2694 {
2695 cmpltr = 5;
2696 }
2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 6;
2700 }
2701 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2702 {
2703 cmpltr = 7;
2704 }
2705 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 2706 completer. */
9b52905e
NC
2707 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = 0;
2710 nullify = 1;
2711 }
2712 else
2713 {
2714 cmpltr = -1;
2715 }
2716 **s = c;
2717 }
9ecc05f0 2718
9b52905e
NC
2719 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2720 if (nullify)
2721 *s = save_s;
252b5132 2722
9b52905e
NC
2723 return cmpltr;
2724}
252b5132 2725
9b52905e
NC
2726/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2727 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 2728
9b52905e
NC
2729static int
2730pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2731{
2732 int cmpltr;
2733 char *name = *s + 1;
2734 char c;
2735 char *save_s = *s;
2736 int nullify = 0;
b53fcc20 2737
9b52905e
NC
2738 cmpltr = 0;
2739 if (**s == ',')
2740 {
2741 *s += 1;
2742 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2743 *s += 1;
2744 c = **s;
2745 **s = 0x00;
b53fcc20 2746
9b52905e
NC
2747 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2748 {
2749 cmpltr = 0;
2750 }
2751 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2752 {
2753 cmpltr = 1;
2754 }
2755 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2756 {
2757 cmpltr = 2;
2758 }
2759 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2760 {
2761 cmpltr = 3;
2762 }
2763 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = 4;
2766 }
2767 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2768 {
2769 cmpltr = 5;
2770 }
2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2772 {
2773 cmpltr = 6;
2774 }
2775 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2776 {
2777 cmpltr = 7;
2778 }
2779 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 2780 completer. */
9b52905e
NC
2781 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2782 {
2783 cmpltr = 0;
2784 nullify = 1;
2785 }
2786 else
2787 {
2788 cmpltr = -1;
2789 }
2790 **s = c;
2791 }
252b5132 2792
9b52905e
NC
2793 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2794 if (nullify)
2795 *s = save_s;
252b5132 2796
9b52905e
NC
2797 return cmpltr;
2798}
252b5132 2799
9b52905e
NC
2800/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2801 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
97e1581b 2802
9b52905e
NC
2803 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2804 returned as 8-15. */
252b5132 2805
9b52905e
NC
2806static int
2807pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2808{
2809 int cmpltr;
2810 char *name = *s + 1;
2811 char c;
b53fcc20 2812
9b52905e
NC
2813 cmpltr = -1;
2814 if (**s == ',')
2815 {
2816 *s += 1;
2817 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2818 *s += 1;
2819 c = **s;
2820 **s = 0x00;
97e1581b 2821
9b52905e
NC
2822 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2823 {
2824 cmpltr = 0;
252b5132 2825 }
9b52905e 2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
9f45e54b 2827 {
9b52905e 2828 cmpltr = 1;
9f45e54b 2829 }
9b52905e 2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
252b5132 2831 {
9b52905e 2832 cmpltr = 2;
252b5132 2833 }
9b52905e
NC
2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2835 {
2836 cmpltr = 3;
2837 }
2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2839 {
2840 cmpltr = 4;
2841 }
2842 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 5;
2845 }
2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2847 {
2848 cmpltr = 6;
2849 }
2850 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2851 {
2852 cmpltr = 7;
2853 }
2854 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2855 {
2856 cmpltr = 8;
2857 }
2858 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2859 {
2860 cmpltr = 9;
2861 }
2862 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2863 {
2864 cmpltr = 10;
2865 }
2866 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2867 {
2868 cmpltr = 11;
2869 }
2870 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2871 {
2872 cmpltr = 12;
2873 }
2874 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2875 {
2876 cmpltr = 13;
2877 }
2878 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2879 {
2880 cmpltr = 14;
2881 }
2882 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2883 {
2884 cmpltr = 15;
2885 }
2886 else
2887 {
2888 cmpltr = -1;
2889 }
2890 **s = c;
252b5132
RH
2891 }
2892
9b52905e 2893 return cmpltr;
252b5132
RH
2894}
2895
9b52905e
NC
2896/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2897 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 2898
9b52905e
NC
2899static int
2900pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
252b5132 2901{
9b52905e
NC
2902 int cmpltr;
2903 char *name = *s + 1;
2904 char c;
252b5132 2905
9b52905e
NC
2906 cmpltr = -1;
2907 if (**s == ',')
252b5132 2908 {
9b52905e
NC
2909 *s += 1;
2910 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2911 *s += 1;
2912 c = **s;
2913 **s = 0x00;
252b5132 2914
9b52905e
NC
2915 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2916 {
2917 cmpltr = 0;
2918 }
2919 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2920 {
2921 cmpltr = 1;
2922 }
2923 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2924 {
2925 cmpltr = 2;
2926 }
2927 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2928 {
2929 cmpltr = 3;
2930 }
2931 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2932 {
2933 cmpltr = 4;
2934 }
2935 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2936 {
2937 cmpltr = 5;
2938 }
2939 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2940 {
2941 cmpltr = 6;
2942 }
2943 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2944 {
2945 cmpltr = 7;
2946 }
2947 else
2948 {
2949 cmpltr = -1;
2950 }
2951 **s = c;
2952 }
252b5132 2953
9b52905e
NC
2954 return cmpltr;
2955}
252b5132 2956
9b52905e
NC
2957/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2958 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 2959
9b52905e
NC
2960static int
2961pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2962{
2963 int cmpltr;
2964 char *name = *s + 1;
2965 char c;
2966 char *save_s = *s;
2967 int nullify = 0;
252b5132 2968
9b52905e
NC
2969 cmpltr = 0;
2970 if (**s == ',')
252b5132 2971 {
9b52905e
NC
2972 *s += 1;
2973 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2974 *s += 1;
2975 c = **s;
2976 **s = 0x00;
2977 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2978 {
2979 cmpltr = 1;
2980 }
2981 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2982 {
2983 cmpltr = 2;
2984 }
2985 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2986 {
2987 cmpltr = 3;
2988 }
2989 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2990 {
2991 cmpltr = 4;
2992 }
2993 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2994 {
2995 cmpltr = 5;
2996 }
2997 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2998 {
2999 cmpltr = 6;
3000 }
3001 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
3002 {
3003 cmpltr = 7;
3004 }
3005 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 3006 completer. */
9b52905e
NC
3007 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3008 {
3009 cmpltr = 0;
3010 nullify = 1;
3011 }
3012 else
3013 {
3014 cmpltr = -1;
3015 }
3016 **s = c;
252b5132 3017 }
252b5132 3018
9b52905e
NC
3019 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3020 if (nullify)
3021 *s = save_s;
252b5132 3022
9b52905e 3023 return cmpltr;
252b5132
RH
3024}
3025
9b52905e
NC
3026/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3027 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 3028
9b52905e
NC
3029static int
3030pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
252b5132 3031{
9b52905e
NC
3032 int cmpltr;
3033 char *name = *s + 1;
3034 char c;
3035 char *save_s = *s;
3036 int nullify = 0;
252b5132 3037
9b52905e
NC
3038 cmpltr = 0;
3039 if (**s == ',')
5506e1a5 3040 {
9b52905e
NC
3041 *s += 1;
3042 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3043 *s += 1;
3044 c = **s;
3045 **s = 0x00;
3046 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3047 {
3048 cmpltr = 0;
3049 }
3050 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3051 {
3052 cmpltr = 1;
3053 }
3054 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3055 {
3056 cmpltr = 2;
3057 }
3058 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3059 {
3060 cmpltr = 3;
3061 }
3062 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3063 {
3064 cmpltr = 4;
3065 }
3066 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3067 {
3068 cmpltr = 5;
3069 }
3070 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3071 {
3072 cmpltr = 6;
3073 }
3074 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3075 {
3076 cmpltr = 7;
3077 }
3078 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 3079 completer. */
9b52905e
NC
3080 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3081 {
3082 cmpltr = 0;
3083 nullify = 1;
3084 }
3085 else
3086 {
3087 cmpltr = -1;
3088 }
3089 **s = c;
5506e1a5 3090 }
252b5132 3091
9b52905e
NC
3092 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3093 if (nullify)
3094 *s = save_s;
252b5132 3095
9b52905e
NC
3096 return cmpltr;
3097}
252b5132 3098
9b52905e
NC
3099/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3100 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
252b5132 3101
9b52905e
NC
3102static int
3103pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3104{
3105 int cmpltr;
3106 char *name = *s + 1;
3107 char c;
3108 char *save_s = *s;
3109 int nullify = 0;
252b5132 3110
9b52905e
NC
3111 cmpltr = 0;
3112 if (**s == ',')
3113 {
3114 *s += 1;
3115 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3116 *s += 1;
3117 c = **s;
3118 **s = 0x00;
3119 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3120 {
3121 cmpltr = 1;
3122 }
3123 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3124 {
3125 cmpltr = 2;
3126 }
3127 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3128 {
3129 cmpltr = 3;
3130 }
3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3132 {
3133 cmpltr = 4;
3134 }
3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3136 {
3137 cmpltr = 5;
3138 }
3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3140 {
3141 cmpltr = 6;
3142 }
3143 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3144 {
3145 cmpltr = 7;
3146 }
3147 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3148 {
3149 cmpltr = 8;
3150 }
3151 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3152 {
3153 cmpltr = 9;
3154 }
3155 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3156 {
3157 cmpltr = 10;
3158 }
3159 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3160 {
3161 cmpltr = 11;
3162 }
3163 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3164 {
3165 cmpltr = 12;
3166 }
3167 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3168 {
3169 cmpltr = 13;
3170 }
3171 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3172 {
3173 cmpltr = 14;
3174 }
3175 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3176 {
3177 cmpltr = 15;
3178 }
3179 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
4e3b43ed 3180 completer. */
9b52905e
NC
3181 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3182 {
3183 cmpltr = 0;
3184 nullify = 1;
3185 }
3186 else
3187 {
3188 cmpltr = -1;
3189 }
3190 **s = c;
3191 }
252b5132 3192
9b52905e
NC
3193 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3194 if (nullify)
3195 *s = save_s;
252b5132 3196
9b52905e
NC
3197 return cmpltr;
3198}
3199
3200/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3201 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3202
3203static void
3204pa_ip (char *str)
3205{
3206 char *error_message = "";
3207 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3208 const char *args;
3209 int match = FALSE;
3210 int comma = 0;
3c853d93 3211 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
91c2f09e 3212 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
9b52905e
NC
3213 unsigned long opcode;
3214 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3215
3216#ifdef OBJ_SOM
3217 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3218 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
ad1079af
AM
3219#endif
3220
9b52905e
NC
3221 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3222 case. */
3223 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3224 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
64afeba3 3225
9b52905e
NC
3226 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3227 for (s = str;
3228 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3229 ++s)
3230 ;
64afeba3 3231
9b52905e
NC
3232 switch (*s)
3233 {
64afeba3 3234
9b52905e
NC
3235 case '\0':
3236 break;
3237
3238 case ',':
3239 comma = 1;
3240
3241 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3242
3243 case ' ':
3244 *s++ = '\0';
252b5132 3245 break;
9b52905e
NC
3246
3247 default:
3248 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3249 return;
252b5132 3250 }
252b5132 3251
717c53ea 3252 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
9b52905e 3253 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
252b5132 3254 {
20203fb9 3255 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
9b52905e
NC
3256 return;
3257 }
252b5132 3258
9b52905e
NC
3259 if (comma)
3260 *--s = ',';
252b5132 3261
9b52905e
NC
3262 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3263 start processing them. */
3264 argstart = s;
3265 for (;;)
3266 {
3267 /* Do some initialization. */
3268 opcode = insn->match;
3269 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3270 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3c853d93 3271 need_cond = 1;
252b5132 3272
9b52905e 3273 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
252b5132 3274
9b52905e
NC
3275 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3276 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3277 goto failed;
252b5132 3278
9b52905e 3279 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
4e3b43ed 3280 sure that the operands match. */
9b52905e
NC
3281 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3282 {
3283 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3284 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3285 s++;
252b5132 3286
9b52905e
NC
3287 switch (*args)
3288 {
3289 /* End of arguments. */
3290 case '\0':
3291 if (*s == '\0')
3292 match = TRUE;
3293 break;
252b5132 3294
9b52905e
NC
3295 case '+':
3296 if (*s == '+')
3297 {
3298 ++s;
3299 continue;
3300 }
3301 if (*s == '-')
3302 continue;
3303 break;
252b5132 3304
9b52905e
NC
3305 /* These must match exactly. */
3306 case '(':
3307 case ')':
3308 case ',':
3309 case ' ':
3310 if (*s++ == *args)
3311 continue;
3312 break;
252b5132 3313
9b52905e
NC
3314 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3315 case 'b':
3316 case '^':
3317 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3318 break;
3319 num = pa_number;
3320 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3321 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
252b5132 3322
9b52905e
NC
3323 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3324 is there. */
3325 case '!':
3326 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3327 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3328 s = s + 1;
252b5132 3329
9b52905e 3330 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
4e3b43ed 3331 {
9b52905e
NC
3332 s += 4;
3333 continue;
3334 }
3335 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
4e3b43ed 3336 {
9b52905e
NC
3337 s += 5;
3338 continue;
3339 }
3340 break;
252b5132 3341
9b52905e
NC
3342 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3343 case 'x':
3344 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3345 break;
3346 num = pa_number;
3347 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3348 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
252b5132 3349
9b52905e
NC
3350 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3351 case 't':
3352 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3353 break;
3354 num = pa_number;
3355 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3356 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 3357
9b52905e
NC
3358 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3359 case 'a':
3360 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3361 break;
3362 num = pa_number;
3363 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3364 opcode |= num << 16;
3365 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
252b5132 3366
9b52905e
NC
3367 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3368 case 'T':
3369 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3370 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3371 break;
3372 s = expr_end;
3373 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
91c2f09e 3374 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e 3375 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
252b5132 3376
9b52905e
NC
3377 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3378 case '5':
3379 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3380 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3381 break;
3382 s = expr_end;
3383 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3384 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3385 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3386 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3387 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
252b5132 3388
9b52905e
NC
3389 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3390 case 'V':
3391 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3392 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3393 break;
3394 s = expr_end;
3395 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3396 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3398 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3399 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 3400
9b52905e
NC
3401 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3402 case 'r':
3403 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3404 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3405 break;
3406 s = expr_end;
3407 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3408 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 3409
9b52905e
NC
3410 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3411 case 'R':
3412 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3413 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3414 break;
3415 s = expr_end;
3416 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3417 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
252b5132 3418
9b52905e
NC
3419 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3420 case 'U':
3421 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3422 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3423 break;
3424 s = expr_end;
3425 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3426 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
ad1079af 3427
9b52905e
NC
3428 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3429 case 's':
3430 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3431 break;
3432 num = pa_number;
3433 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3434 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
252b5132 3435
9b52905e
NC
3436 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3437 case 'S':
3438 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3439 break;
3440 num = pa_number;
3441 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3442 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3443 continue;
ad1079af 3444
9b52905e
NC
3445 /* Handle all completers. */
3446 case 'c':
3447 switch (*++args)
3448 {
ad1079af 3449
9b52905e
NC
3450 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3451 case 'X':
3452 case 'x':
3453 {
3454 int uu = 0;
3455 int m = 0;
3456 int i = 0;
3457 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3458 {
3459 s++;
3460 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3461 {
3462 uu = 1;
3463 m = 1;
3464 s++;
3465 i++;
3466 }
3467 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3468 m = 1;
3469 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3470 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3471 uu = 1;
3472 else if (strict)
3473 {
3474 /* This is a match failure. */
3475 s--;
3476 break;
3477 }
3478 else
3479 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3480 s++;
3481 i++;
3482 }
3483 if (i > 2)
3484 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3485 opcode |= m << 5;
3486 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3487 }
252b5132 3488
9b52905e
NC
3489 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3490 case 'M':
3491 case 'm':
3492 case 'q':
3493 case 'J':
3494 case 'e':
3495 {
3496 int a = 0;
3497 int m = 0;
3498 if (*s == ',')
3499 {
3500 s++;
3501 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3502 {
3503 a = 0;
3504 m = 1;
3505 s += 2;
3506 }
3507 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3508 {
3509 a = 1;
3510 m = 1;
3511 s += 2;
3512 }
3513 else if (strict)
3514 /* This is a match failure. */
3515 s--;
3516 else
3517 {
3518 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3519 s += 2;
3520 }
3521 }
3522 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3523 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3524 else if (*args == 'e')
3525 break;
252b5132 3526
9b52905e
NC
3527 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3528 encode the before/after field. */
3529 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3530 {
3531 opcode |= m << 5;
3532 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3533 }
3534 else if (*args == 'q')
3535 {
3536 opcode |= m << 3;
3537 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3538 }
3539 else if (*args == 'J')
3540 {
4e3b43ed 3541 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
9b52905e
NC
3542 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3543 }
3544 else if (*args == 'e')
3545 {
3546 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3547 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3548 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3549 opcode |= a;
3550 continue;
3551 }
3552 }
ad1079af 3553
9b52905e
NC
3554 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3555 case 'A':
3556 case 's':
3557 {
3558 int a = 0;
3559 int m = 0;
3560 int i = 0;
3561 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3562 {
3563 s++;
3564 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3565 m = 1;
3566 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3567 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3568 a = 0;
3569 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3570 a = 1;
3571 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3572 else if (strict)
3573 {
3574 s--;
3575 break;
3576 }
3577 else
3578 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3579 s++;
3580 i++;
3581 }
3582 if (i > 2)
3583 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3584 opcode |= m << 5;
3585 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3586 }
252b5132 3587
9b52905e
NC
3588 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3589 case 'c':
3590 cmpltr = 0;
3591 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3592 {
3593 s += 3;
3594 cmpltr = 2;
3595 }
3596 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
252b5132 3597
9b52905e
NC
3598 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3599 case 'C':
3600 cmpltr = 0;
3601 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3602 {
3603 s += 3;
3604 cmpltr = 2;
3605 }
3606 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3607 {
3608 s += 3;
3609 cmpltr = 1;
3610 }
3611 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
252b5132 3612
9b52905e
NC
3613 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3614 case 'd':
3615 cmpltr = 0;
3616 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3617 {
3618 s += 3;
3619 cmpltr = 1;
3620 }
3621 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
252b5132 3622
9b52905e
NC
3623 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3624 case 'o':
3625 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3626 break;
3627 s += 2;
3628 continue;
502b19cb 3629
9b52905e
NC
3630 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3631 case 'g':
3632 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3633 break;
3634 s += 5;
3635 continue;
252b5132 3636
9b52905e
NC
3637 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3638 case 'p':
3639 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3640 break;
3641 s += 7;
3642 continue;
8973a37d 3643
9b52905e
NC
3644 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3645 case 'l':
3646 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3647 break;
3648 s += 2;
3649 continue;
8973a37d 3650
9b52905e
NC
3651 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3652 case 'P':
3653 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3654 break;
3655 s += 4;
3656 continue;
5506e1a5 3657
9b52905e
NC
3658 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3659 case 'L':
3660 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3661 break;
3662 s += 2;
3663 continue;
dc1fc56b 3664
9b52905e
NC
3665 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3666 case 'w':
3667 flag = 0;
3668 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3669 {
3670 flag = 1;
3671 s += 2;
3672 }
3673 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3674 {
3675 flag = 0;
3676 s += 2;
3677 }
3f9b03b5 3678
9b52905e 3679 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
a02fab7e 3680
9b52905e
NC
3681 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3682 case 'W':
3683 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3684 break;
3685 s += 2;
3686 continue;
a02fab7e 3687
9b52905e
NC
3688 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3689 case 'r':
3690 flag = 0;
3691 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3692 {
3693 flag = 5;
3694 s += 2;
3695 }
252b5132 3696
9b52905e 3697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
252b5132 3698
9b52905e
NC
3699 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3700 case 'Z':
3701 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3702 {
3703 flag = 1;
3704 s += 2;
3705 }
3706 else
3707 flag = 0;
3f9b03b5 3708
9b52905e 3709 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
252b5132 3710
9b52905e
NC
3711 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3712 case 'i':
3713 flag = 0;
3714 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3715 {
3716 flag = 1;
3717 s += 2;
3718 }
252b5132 3719
9b52905e 3720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
252b5132 3721
9b52905e
NC
3722 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3723 case 'z':
3724 flag = 1;
3725 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3726 {
3727 flag = 0;
3728 s += 2;
3729 }
252b5132 3730
9b52905e 3731 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
252b5132 3732
9b52905e
NC
3733 /* Handle add completer. */
3734 case 'a':
3735 flag = 1;
3736 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3737 {
3738 flag = 2;
3739 s += 2;
3740 }
3741 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3742 {
3743 flag = 3;
3744 s += 4;
3745 }
252b5132 3746
9b52905e 3747 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3f9b03b5 3748
9b52905e
NC
3749 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3750 case 'Y':
3751 flag = 0;
3752 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3753 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3754 {
3755 flag = 1;
3756 s += 7;
3757 }
3758 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3759 {
3760 flag = 0;
3761 s += 3;
3762 }
3763 else
3764 break;
252b5132 3765
3c853d93
DA
3766 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */
3767 need_cond = 0;
9b52905e 3768 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
77c02e18 3769
9b52905e
NC
3770 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3771 case 'y':
3772 flag = 0;
3773 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3774 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3775 {
3776 flag = 1;
3777 s += 6;
3778 }
3779 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3780 {
3781 flag = 0;
3782 s += 2;
3783 }
3784 else
3785 break;
77c02e18 3786
9b52905e 3787 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3f9b03b5 3788
9b52905e
NC
3789 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3790 case 'v':
3791 flag = 0;
3792 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3793 {
3794 flag = 1;
3795 s += 4;
3796 }
77c02e18 3797
9b52905e 3798 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
ad1079af 3799
9b52905e
NC
3800 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3801 case 't':
3802 flag = 0;
3803 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3804 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3805 {
3806 flag = 1;
3807 s += 7;
3808 }
3809 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3810 {
3811 flag = 0;
3812 s += 3;
3813 }
3814 else
3815 break;
252b5132 3816
9b52905e 3817 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
252b5132 3818
9b52905e
NC
3819 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3820 case 'B':
3821 flag = 0;
3822 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3823 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3824 {
3825 flag = 1;
3826 s += 7;
3827 }
3828 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3829 {
3830 flag = 0;
3831 s += 3;
3832 }
3833 else
3834 break;
dc1fc56b 3835
3c853d93
DA
3836 /* Condition is not required with "db". */
3837 need_cond = 0;
9b52905e 3838 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
252b5132 3839
9b52905e
NC
3840 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3841 case 'b':
3842 flag = 0;
3843 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3844 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3845 {
3846 flag = 1;
3847 s += 6;
3848 }
3849 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3850 {
3851 flag = 0;
3852 s += 2;
3853 }
3854 else
3855 break;
252b5132 3856
9b52905e 3857 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
252b5132 3858
9b52905e
NC
3859 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3860 case 'T':
3861 flag = 0;
3862 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3863 {
3864 flag = 1;
3865 s += 3;
3866 }
252b5132 3867
9b52905e 3868 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
252b5132 3869
9b52905e
NC
3870 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3871 case 'S':
3872 {
3873 int sign = 1;
3874 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3875 {
3876 sign = 1;
3877 s += 2;
3878 }
3879 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3880 {
3881 sign = 0;
3882 s += 2;
3883 }
252b5132 3884
9b52905e
NC
3885 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3886 }
252b5132 3887
9b52905e
NC
3888 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3889 case 'h':
3890 if (*s++ == ',')
3891 {
3892 int lr = 0;
3893 if (*s == 'r')
3894 lr = 2;
3895 else if (*s == 'l')
3896 lr = 0;
3897 else
3898 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
252b5132 3899
9b52905e
NC
3900 s++;
3901 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3902 }
3903 else
3904 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3905 break;
252b5132 3906
9b52905e
NC
3907 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3908 case 'H':
3909 {
3910 int sat = 3;
3911 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3912 {
3913 sat = 1;
3914 s += 3;
3915 }
3916 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3917 {
3918 sat = 0;
3919 s += 3;
3920 }
252b5132 3921
9b52905e
NC
3922 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3923 }
252b5132 3924
9b52905e
NC
3925 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3926 case '*':
3927 if (*s++ == ',')
3928 {
3929 int permloc[4];
3930 int perm = 0;
3931 int i = 0;
3932 permloc[0] = 13;
3933 permloc[1] = 10;
3934 permloc[2] = 8;
3935 permloc[3] = 6;
3936 for (; i < 4; i++)
4e3b43ed 3937 {
9b52905e
NC
3938 switch (*s++)
3939 {
3940 case '0':
3941 perm = 0;
3942 break;
3943 case '1':
3944 perm = 1;
3945 break;
3946 case '2':
3947 perm = 2;
3948 break;
3949 case '3':
3950 perm = 3;
3951 break;
3952 default:
3953 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3954 }
3955 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3956 }
3957 continue;
3958 }
3959 else
3960 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3961 break;
252b5132 3962
9b52905e
NC
3963 default:
3964 abort ();
3965 }
3966 break;
252b5132 3967
9b52905e
NC
3968 /* Handle all conditions. */
3969 case '?':
3970 {
3971 args++;
3972 switch (*args)
3973 {
3974 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3975 case 'f':
3976 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3977 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
252b5132 3978
9b52905e
NC
3979 /* Handle an add condition. */
3980 case 'A':
3981 case 'a':
3982 cmpltr = 0;
3983 flag = 0;
3984 if (*s == ',')
3985 {
3986 s++;
252b5132 3987
9b52905e
NC
3988 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3989 if (*args == 'A')
3990 {
3991 if (*s == '*')
3992 s++;
3993 else
3994 break;
3995 }
3996 else if (*s == '*')
3997 break;
252b5132 3998
9b52905e
NC
3999 name = s;
4000 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4001 s += 1;
4002 c = *s;
4003 *s = 0x00;
4004 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4005 cmpltr = 1;
4006 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4007 cmpltr = 2;
4008 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4009 cmpltr = 3;
4010 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4011 cmpltr = 4;
4012 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4013 cmpltr = 5;
4014 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4015 cmpltr = 6;
4016 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4017 cmpltr = 7;
4018 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4019 {
4020 cmpltr = 0;
4021 flag = 1;
4022 }
4023 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4024 {
4025 cmpltr = 1;
4026 flag = 1;
4027 }
4028 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4029 {
4030 cmpltr = 2;
4031 flag = 1;
4032 }
4033 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4034 {
4035 cmpltr = 3;
4036 flag = 1;
4037 }
4038 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4039 {
4040 cmpltr = 4;
4041 flag = 1;
4042 }
4043 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4044 {
4045 cmpltr = 5;
4046 flag = 1;
4047 }
4048 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4049 {
4050 cmpltr = 6;
4051 flag = 1;
4052 }
4053 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4054 {
4055 cmpltr = 7;
4056 flag = 1;
4057 }
4058 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4059 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4060 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4061 *s = c;
4062 }
3c853d93
DA
4063 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
4064 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4065 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
4066 break;
4067
9b52905e
NC
4068 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4069 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 4070
9b52905e
NC
4071 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4072 case 'd':
4073 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4074 if (cmpltr < 0)
4075 {
4076 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4077 cmpltr = 0;
4078 }
4079 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
252b5132 4080
9b52905e
NC
4081 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4082 case 'W':
4083 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4084 if (cmpltr < 0)
4085 {
4086 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4087 cmpltr = 0;
4088 }
4089 else
4090 {
4091 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4092 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4093 }
4094 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
252b5132 4095
9b52905e
NC
4096 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4097 condition. */
4098 case '@':
4099 save_s = s;
4100 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4101 if (cmpltr < 0)
4102 {
4103 s = save_s;
4104 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4105 if (cmpltr < 0)
4106 {
4107 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4108 cmpltr = 0;
4109 }
4110 else
4111 {
4112 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4113 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4114 }
4115 }
4116 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
252b5132 4117
9b52905e
NC
4118 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4119 case 'B':
4120 case 'b':
4121 cmpltr = 0;
4122 if (*s == ',')
4123 {
4124 s++;
252b5132 4125
9b52905e
NC
4126 if (*args == 'B')
4127 {
4128 if (*s == '*')
4129 s++;
4130 else
4131 break;
4132 }
4133 else if (*s == '*')
4134 break;
252b5132 4135
9b52905e
NC
4136 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4137 {
4138 cmpltr = 0;
4139 s++;
4140 }
4141 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4142 {
4143 cmpltr = 1;
4144 s += 2;
4145 }
4146 else
3c853d93 4147 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
9b52905e 4148 }
3c853d93
DA
4149 else
4150 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
4151
9b52905e 4152 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
252b5132 4153
9b52905e
NC
4154 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4155 case 'S':
4156 case 's':
4157 cmpltr = 0;
4158 flag = 0;
4159 if (*s == ',')
4160 {
4161 s++;
252b5132 4162
9b52905e
NC
4163 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4164 if (*args == 'S')
4165 {
4166 if (*s == '*')
4167 s++;
4168 else
4169 break;
4170 }
4171 else if (*s == '*')
4172 break;
252b5132 4173
9b52905e
NC
4174 name = s;
4175 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4176 s += 1;
4177 c = *s;
4178 *s = 0x00;
4179 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4180 cmpltr = 1;
4181 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4182 cmpltr = 2;
4183 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4184 cmpltr = 3;
4185 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4186 cmpltr = 4;
4187 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4188 cmpltr = 5;
4189 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4190 cmpltr = 6;
4191 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4192 cmpltr = 7;
4193 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4194 {
4195 cmpltr = 0;
4196 flag = 1;
4197 }
4198 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4199 {
4200 cmpltr = 1;
4201 flag = 1;
4202 }
4203 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4204 {
4205 cmpltr = 2;
4206 flag = 1;
4207 }
4208 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4209 {
4210 cmpltr = 3;
4211 flag = 1;
4212 }
4213 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4214 {
4215 cmpltr = 4;
4216 flag = 1;
4217 }
4218 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4219 {
4220 cmpltr = 5;
4221 flag = 1;
4222 }
4223 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4224 {
4225 cmpltr = 6;
4226 flag = 1;
4227 }
4228 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4229 {
4230 cmpltr = 7;
4231 flag = 1;
4232 }
4233 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4234 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4235 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4236 name);
4237 *s = c;
4238 }
3c853d93
DA
4239 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
4240 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4241 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
4242 break;
4243
9b52905e
NC
4244 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4245 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 4246
9b52905e
NC
4247 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4248 case 't':
4249 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4250 if (cmpltr < 0)
4251 {
4252 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4253 cmpltr = 0;
4254 }
4255 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
1cf6ae67 4256
9b52905e
NC
4257 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4258 case 'n':
4259 save_s = s;
4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4261 if (cmpltr < 0)
4262 {
4263 s = save_s;
4264 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4265 if (cmpltr < 0)
4266 {
4267 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4268 cmpltr = 0;
4269 }
4270 else
4271 {
4272 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4273 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4274 }
4275 }
1cf6ae67 4276
9b52905e
NC
4277 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4278
4279 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4280 case 'N':
4281 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4282 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4283 {
4284 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4285 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4286 }
4287 else
4288 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4289 break;
1cf6ae67 4290
9b52905e 4291 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
1cf6ae67 4292
9b52905e
NC
4293 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4294 case 'Q':
4295 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4296 if (cmpltr < 0)
4297 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4298 break;
1cf6ae67 4299
9b52905e 4300 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
1cf6ae67 4301
3c853d93 4302 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
9b52905e
NC
4303 case 'L':
4304 case 'l':
4305 cmpltr = 0;
4306 flag = 0;
4307 if (*s == ',')
4308 {
4309 s++;
1cf6ae67 4310
9b52905e
NC
4311 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4312 if (*args == 'L')
4313 {
4314 if (*s == '*')
4315 s++;
4316 else
4317 break;
4318 }
4319 else if (*s == '*')
4320 break;
252b5132 4321
9b52905e
NC
4322 name = s;
4323 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4324 s += 1;
4325 c = *s;
4326 *s = 0x00;
252b5132 4327
9b52905e
NC
4328 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4329 cmpltr = 1;
4330 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4331 cmpltr = 2;
4332 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4333 cmpltr = 3;
4334 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4335 cmpltr = 7;
4336 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4337 {
4338 cmpltr = 0;
4339 flag = 1;
4340 }
4341 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4342 {
4343 cmpltr = 1;
4344 flag = 1;
4345 }
4346 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4347 {
4348 cmpltr = 2;
4349 flag = 1;
4350 }
4351 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4352 {
4353 cmpltr = 3;
4354 flag = 1;
4355 }
4356 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4357 {
4358 cmpltr = 7;
4359 flag = 1;
4360 }
4361 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4362 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4363 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4364 *s = c;
4365 }
3c853d93
DA
4366 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4367 else if (*args == 'L')
4368 break;
4369
9b52905e
NC
4370 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4371 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4372
4373 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4374 case 'X':
4375 case 'x':
4376 case 'y':
4377 cmpltr = 0;
91c2f09e
DA
4378 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4379 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4380 immediate_check = 1;
9b52905e
NC
4381 if (*s == ',')
4382 {
4383 save_s = s++;
4384
4385 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4386 if (*args == 'X')
4387 {
4388 if (*s == '*')
4389 s++;
4390 else
4391 break;
4392 }
4393 else if (*s == '*')
4394 break;
4395
4396 name = s;
4397 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4398 s += 1;
4399 c = *s;
4400 *s = 0x00;
4401 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4402 cmpltr = 1;
4403 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4404 cmpltr = 2;
4405 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4406 cmpltr = 3;
4407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4408 cmpltr = 4;
4409 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4410 cmpltr = 5;
4411 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4412 cmpltr = 6;
4413 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4414 cmpltr = 7;
4415 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4416 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4417 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4418 {
4419 *s = c;
4420 s = save_s;
4421 continue;
4422 }
4423 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4424 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4425 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4426 *s = c;
4427 }
3c853d93 4428
9b52905e
NC
4429 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4430
4431 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4432 case 'U':
4433 case 'u':
4434 cmpltr = 0;
4435 flag = 0;
4436 if (*s == ',')
4437 {
aa710880 4438 int uxor;
9b52905e
NC
4439 s++;
4440
4441 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4442 if (*args == 'U')
4443 {
4444 if (*s == '*')
4445 s++;
4446 else
4447 break;
4448 }
4449 else if (*s == '*')
4450 break;
4451
aa710880
DA
4452 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
4453 not involving carries. */
4454 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
9b52905e
NC
4455 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4456 {
4457 cmpltr = 2;
4458 s += 3;
4459 }
4460 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4461 {
4462 cmpltr = 3;
4463 s += 3;
4464 }
aa710880 4465 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
9b52905e
NC
4466 {
4467 cmpltr = 4;
4468 s += 3;
4469 }
aa710880 4470 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
9b52905e
NC
4471 {
4472 cmpltr = 6;
4473 s += 3;
4474 }
aa710880 4475 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
9b52905e
NC
4476 {
4477 cmpltr = 7;
4478 s += 3;
4479 }
4480 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4481 {
4482 cmpltr = 0;
4483 flag = 1;
4484 s += 2;
4485 }
4486 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4487 {
4488 cmpltr = 2;
4489 flag = 1;
4490 s += 3;
4491 }
4492 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4493 {
4494 cmpltr = 3;
4495 flag = 1;
4496 s += 3;
4497 }
aa710880 4498 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
9b52905e
NC
4499 {
4500 cmpltr = 4;
4501 flag = 1;
4502 s += 3;
4503 }
aa710880 4504 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
9b52905e
NC
4505 {
4506 cmpltr = 6;
4507 flag = 1;
4508 s += 3;
4509 }
aa710880 4510 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
9b52905e
NC
4511 {
4512 cmpltr = 7;
4513 flag = 1;
4514 s += 3;
4515 }
4516 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4517 {
4518 cmpltr = 1;
4519 flag = 0;
4520 s += 3;
4521 }
aa710880 4522 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
9b52905e
NC
4523 {
4524 cmpltr = 5;
4525 flag = 0;
4526 s += 3;
4527 }
4528 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4529 {
4530 cmpltr = 1;
4531 flag = 1;
4532 s += 3;
4533 }
aa710880 4534 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
9b52905e
NC
4535 {
4536 cmpltr = 5;
4537 flag = 1;
4538 s += 3;
4539 }
4540 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4541 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4542 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4543 }
3c853d93
DA
4544 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4545 else if (*args == 'U')
4546 break;
4547
9b52905e
NC
4548 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4549 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 4550
9b52905e
NC
4551 default:
4552 abort ();
4553 }
4554 break;
4555 }
252b5132 4556
9b52905e
NC
4557 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4558 case 'n':
4559 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4560 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
252b5132 4561
9b52905e
NC
4562 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4563 case 'N':
4564 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4565 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
252b5132 4566
9b52905e
NC
4567 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4568 case 'L':
4569 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4570 s += 4;
4571 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4572 s += 4;
4573 else
4574 break;
4575 continue;
252b5132 4576
9b52905e
NC
4577 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4578 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4579 case 'h':
4580 get_expression (s);
4581 s = expr_end;
4582 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4583 {
4584 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4585 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4586 num++;
4587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4588 }
4589 else
4590 break;
252b5132 4591
9b52905e
NC
4592 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4593 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4594 case 'm':
4595 get_expression (s);
4596 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4597 {
4598 s = expr_end;
4599 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4600 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4601 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4602 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4603 }
4604 else
4605 break;
252b5132 4606
9b52905e
NC
4607 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4608 case '=':
4609 {
4610 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4611 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4612 }
252b5132 4613
9b52905e
NC
4614 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4615 case 'i':
4616 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4617 get_expression (s);
4618 s = expr_end;
4619 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4620 {
4621 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4622 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4623 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4624 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4625 }
4626 else
4627 {
4628 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4629 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4630 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4631 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4632#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4633 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4634 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4635 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4636 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4637 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4638 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4639 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4640 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4641 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4642 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
252b5132 4643#endif
9b52905e
NC
4644 else
4645 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4646 the_insn.format = 11;
4647 continue;
4648 }
252b5132 4649
9b52905e
NC
4650 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4651 case 'J':
4652 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4653 get_expression (s);
4654 s = expr_end;
4655 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4656 {
4657 int mb;
252b5132 4658
9b52905e
NC
4659 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4660 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4661 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4662 good to rethink this. */
4663 mb = opcode & 1;
4664 opcode -= mb;
4665 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4666 if (mb != (num < 0))
4667 break;
4668 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4669 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4670 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4671 }
4672 break;
252b5132 4673
9b52905e
NC
4674 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4675 case 'K':
4676 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4677 get_expression (s);
4678 s = expr_end;
4679 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4680 {
4681 int mb;
4682
4683 mb = opcode & 1;
4684 opcode -= mb;
4685 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4686 if (mb == (num < 0))
4687 break;
4688 if (num % 4)
4689 break;
4690 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4691 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4692 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4693 }
4694 break;
252b5132 4695
9b52905e
NC
4696 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4697 case '<':
4698 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4699 get_expression (s);
4700 s = expr_end;
4701 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4702 {
4703 int mb;
252b5132 4704
9b52905e
NC
4705 mb = opcode & 1;
4706 opcode -= mb;
4707 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4708 if (mb != (num < 0))
4709 break;
4710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4711 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4713 }
4714 break;
252b5132 4715
9b52905e
NC
4716 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4717 case '>':
4718 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4719 get_expression (s);
4720 s = expr_end;
4721 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4722 {
4723 int mb;
252b5132 4724
9b52905e
NC
4725 mb = opcode & 1;
4726 opcode -= mb;
4727 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4728 if (mb == (num < 0))
4729 break;
4730 if (num % 4)
4731 break;
4732 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4733 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4734 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4735 }
4736 break;
252b5132 4737
9b52905e
NC
4738 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4739 case '#':
4740 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4741 break;
4742 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4743 get_expression (s);
4744 s = expr_end;
4745 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4746 {
4747 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4748 if (num & 0x7)
4749 break;
4750 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4751 if (num < 0)
4752 opcode |= 1;
4753 num &= 0x1fff;
4754 num >>= 3;
4755 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4756 }
4757 else
4758 {
4759 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4760 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4761 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4762 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4763#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4764 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4765 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4766 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4767 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4768 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4769 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4770 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4771 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4772 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4773 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4774#endif
4775 else
4776 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4777 the_insn.format = 14;
4778 continue;
4779 }
4780 break;
252b5132 4781
9b52905e
NC
4782 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4783 case 'd':
4784 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4785 get_expression (s);
4786 s = expr_end;
4787 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4788 {
4789 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4790 if (num & 0x3)
4791 break;
4792 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4793 if (num < 0)
4794 opcode |= 1;
4795 num &= 0x1fff;
4796 num >>= 2;
4797 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4798 }
4799 else
4800 {
4801 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4802 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4803 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4804 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4805#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4806 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4807 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4808 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4809 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4810 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4811 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4812 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4813 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4814 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4815 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4816#endif
4817 else
4818 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4819 the_insn.format = 14;
4820 continue;
4821 }
252b5132 4822
9b52905e
NC
4823 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4824 case 'j':
4825 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4826 get_expression (s);
4827 s = expr_end;
4828 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4829 {
4830 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4831 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4832 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4833 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4834 }
4835 else
4836 {
4837 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4838 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4839 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4840 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4841#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4842 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4843 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4844 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4845 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4846 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4847 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4848 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4849 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4850 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4851 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4852#endif
4853 else
4854 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4855 the_insn.format = 14;
4856 continue;
4857 }
252b5132 4858
9b52905e
NC
4859 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4860 case 'k':
4861 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4862 get_expression (s);
4863 s = expr_end;
4864 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4865 {
4866 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4867 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4868 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4869 continue;
4870 }
4871 else
4872 {
4873 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4874 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4875 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4876 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4877#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4878 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4879 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4880 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4881 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4882 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4883 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4884 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4885 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4886 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4887 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4888#endif
4889 else
4890 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4891 the_insn.format = 21;
4892 continue;
4893 }
252b5132 4894
9b52905e
NC
4895 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4896 case 'l':
4897 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4898 get_expression (s);
4899 s = expr_end;
4900 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4901 {
4902 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4903 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4904 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4905 continue;
4906 }
4907 else
4908 {
4909 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4910 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4911 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4912 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4913 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4914#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4915 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4916 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4917 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4918 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4919 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4920 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4921 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4922 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4923 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4924 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4925#endif
4926 else
4927 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4928 the_insn.format = 14;
4929 continue;
4930 }
4931
4932 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4933 case 'y':
4934 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4935 get_expression (s);
4936 s = expr_end;
4937 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4938 {
4939 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4940 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4941 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4942 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4943 continue;
4944 }
4945 else
4946 {
4947 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4948 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4949 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4950 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4951 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4952#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4953 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4954 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4955 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4956 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4957 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4958 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4959 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4960 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4961 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4962 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4963#endif
4964 else
4965 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4966 the_insn.format = 14;
4967 continue;
4968 }
252b5132 4969
9b52905e
NC
4970 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4971 case '&':
4972 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4973 get_expression (s);
4974 s = expr_end;
4975 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4976 {
4977 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4978 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4979 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4980 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4981 continue;
4982 }
4983 else
4984 {
4985 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4986 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4987 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4988 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4989 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4990#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4991 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4992 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4993 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4994 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4995 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4996 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4997 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4998 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4999 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
5000 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
5001#endif
5002 else
5003 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
5004 the_insn.format = 14;
5005 continue;
5006 }
252b5132 5007
9b52905e
NC
5008 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
5009 case 'w':
5010 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5011 get_expression (s);
5012 s = expr_end;
5013 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5014 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5015 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5016 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5017 {
5018 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5019 if (num % 4)
5020 {
5021 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5022 break;
5023 }
5024 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5025 num -= 8;
5026 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
5027 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
5028 continue;
5029 }
5030 else
5031 {
5032 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5033 the_insn.format = 12;
5034 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5035 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5036 s = expr_end;
5037 continue;
5038 }
252b5132 5039
9b52905e
NC
5040 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5041 case 'W':
5042 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5043 get_expression (s);
5044 s = expr_end;
5045 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5046 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5047 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5048 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5049 {
5050 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5051 if (num % 4)
5052 {
5053 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5054 break;
5055 }
5056 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5057 num -= 8;
5058 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5059 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5060 continue;
5061 }
5062 else
5063 {
5064 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5065 the_insn.format = 17;
5066 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5067 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5068 continue;
5069 }
252b5132 5070
9b52905e
NC
5071 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5072 case 'X':
5073 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5074 get_expression (s);
5075 s = expr_end;
5076 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5077 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5078 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5079 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5080 {
5081 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5082 if (num % 4)
5083 {
5084 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5085 break;
5086 }
5087 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5088 num -= 8;
5089 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5090 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5091 }
5092 else
5093 {
5094 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5095 the_insn.format = 22;
5096 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5097 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5098 continue;
5099 }
252b5132 5100
9b52905e
NC
5101 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5102 case 'z':
5103 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5104 get_expression (s);
5105 s = expr_end;
5106 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5107 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5108 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5109 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5110 {
5111 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5112 if (num % 4)
5113 {
5114 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5115 break;
5116 }
5117 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5118 num -= 8;
5119 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5120 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5121 continue;
5122 }
5123 else
5124 {
5125 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5126 the_insn.format = 17;
5127 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5128 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5129 continue;
5130 }
252b5132 5131
9b52905e
NC
5132 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5133 case 'Z':
5134 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5135 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5136 {
5137 s += 4;
5138 continue;
5139 }
5140 else
4e3b43ed 5141 break;
252b5132 5142
9b52905e
NC
5143 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5144 case 'Y':
5145 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5146 break;
5147 s += 9;
5148 continue;
252b5132 5149
9b52905e
NC
5150 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5151 case '@':
5152 if (*s != '0')
5153 break;
5154 s++;
5155 continue;
252b5132 5156
9b52905e
NC
5157 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5158 case '.':
5159 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5160 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5161 break;
5162 s = expr_end;
5163 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5164 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
252b5132 5165
9b52905e
NC
5166 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5167 case '*':
5168 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5169 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5170 break;
5171 s = expr_end;
5172 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5173 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5174
5175 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5176 case 'p':
5177 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5178 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5179 break;
5180 s = expr_end;
5181 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
91c2f09e 5182 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e 5183 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
252b5132 5184
9b52905e
NC
5185 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5186 case '~':
5187 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5188 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5189 break;
5190 s = expr_end;
5191 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
91c2f09e 5192 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e
NC
5193 num = 63 - num;
5194 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5195 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
252b5132 5196
9b52905e
NC
5197 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5198 case '%':
5199 flag = 0;
5200 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5201 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5202 break;
5203 s = expr_end;
5204 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
91c2f09e 5205 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e
NC
5206 num--;
5207 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5208 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5209 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5210
9b52905e
NC
5211 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5212 case '|':
5213 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5214 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5215 break;
5216 s = expr_end;
5217 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
91c2f09e 5218 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e
NC
5219 num--;
5220 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5221 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5222 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5223
9b52905e
NC
5224 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5225 case 'P':
5226 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5227 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5228 break;
5229 s = expr_end;
5230 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
91c2f09e 5231 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e 5232 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
252b5132 5233
9b52905e
NC
5234 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5235 case 'q':
5236 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5237 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5238 break;
5239 s = expr_end;
5240 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
91c2f09e 5241 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
9b52905e
NC
5242 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5243 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
252b5132 5244
9b52905e
NC
5245 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5246 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5247 case 'B':
5248 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5249 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5250 break;
5251 s = expr_end;
5252 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5253 if (num & 0x20)
5254 ;
5255 else
5256 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5257 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
252b5132 5258
9b52905e
NC
5259 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5260 case 'Q':
5261 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5262 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5263 break;
5264 s = expr_end;
5265 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5266 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
252b5132 5267
9b52905e
NC
5268 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5269 case '$':
5270 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5271 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5272 break;
5273 s = expr_end;
5274 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5275 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
252b5132 5276
9b52905e
NC
5277 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5278 case 'A':
5279 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5280 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5281 break;
5282 s = expr_end;
5283 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5284 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
252b5132 5285
9b52905e
NC
5286 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5287 case 'D':
5288 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5289 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5290 break;
5291 s = expr_end;
5292 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5293 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5294
9b52905e
NC
5295 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5296 case 'v':
5297 if (*s++ != ',')
5298 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
8c57c799 5299 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
9b52905e
NC
5300 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5301 break;
5302 s = expr_end;
5303 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5304 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
252b5132 5305
9b52905e
NC
5306 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5307 case 'O':
8c57c799 5308 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
9b52905e
NC
5309 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5310 break;
5311 s = expr_end;
5312 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5313 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5314 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5315
9b52905e
NC
5316 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5317 case 'o':
8c57c799 5318 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
9b52905e
NC
5319 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5320 break;
5321 s = expr_end;
5322 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5323 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
252b5132 5324
9b52905e
NC
5325 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5326 case '0':
8c57c799 5327 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
9b52905e
NC
5328 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5329 break;
5330 s = expr_end;
5331 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5332 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5333 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5334
5335 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5336 case '1':
8c57c799 5337 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
9b52905e
NC
5338 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5339 break;
5340 s = expr_end;
5341 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5342 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5343 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5344
5345 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5346 case 'u':
5347 if (*s++ != ',')
5348 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
8c57c799 5349 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
9b52905e
NC
5350 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5351 break;
5352 s = expr_end;
5353 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5354 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
252b5132 5355
9b52905e
NC
5356 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5357 case '2':
8c57c799 5358 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
9b52905e
NC
5359 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5360 break;
5361 s = expr_end;
5362 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5363 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5364 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 5365
9b52905e
NC
5366 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5367 case '{':
5368 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5369 {
5370 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5371 s += 2;
5372 }
5373 else
5374 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5375 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5376 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5377 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5378 flag = SGL;
5379 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5380 flag = DBL;
5381 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5382 flag = QUAD;
5383 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
252b5132 5384
9b52905e
NC
5385 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5386 case '_':
5387 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5388 s--;
5389 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5390 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5391 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5392 flag = SGL;
5393 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5394 flag = DBL;
5395 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5396 flag = QUAD;
5397 opcode |= flag << 13;
5398 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5399 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5400 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5401 {
5402 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5403 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5404 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5405 flag = 0;
5406 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5407 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5408 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5409 flag = 2;
5410 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5411 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5412 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5413 flag = 6;
5414 else
5415 abort ();
5416 }
5417 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5418 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5419 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5420 {
5421 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5422 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5423 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5424 flag = 1;
5425 else
5426 abort ();
5427 }
5428 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5429 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5430 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5431 {
5432 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5433 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5434 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5435 flag = 5;
5436 else
5437 abort ();
5438 }
5439 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5440 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
252b5132 5441
9b52905e
NC
5442 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5443 case 'F':
5444 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5445 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5446 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
d53d2751 5447
9b52905e
NC
5448 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5449 case 'G':
5450 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5451 s--;
5452 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5453 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5454 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
d53d2751 5455
9b52905e
NC
5456 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5457 case 'I':
5458 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5459 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5460 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
d53d2751 5461
9b52905e
NC
5462 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5463 Only allows single and double precision. */
5464 case 'H':
5465 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5466 switch (flag)
5467 {
5468 case SGL:
5469 opcode |= 0x20;
5470 case DBL:
5471 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5472 continue;
d53d2751 5473
9b52905e
NC
5474 case QUAD:
5475 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5476 default:
5477 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5478 }
5479 break;
5480
5481 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5482 case 'f':
5483 switch (*++args)
4e3b43ed 5484 {
9b52905e
NC
5485 /* Float target register. */
5486 case 't':
5487 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5488 break;
26cbfa82
DA
5489 /* RSEL should not be set. */
5490 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
5491 break;
5492 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
9b52905e
NC
5493 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5494 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
d53d2751 5495
9b52905e
NC
5496 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5497 case 'T':
5498 {
5499 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5500 break;
5501 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5502 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5503 opcode |= num;
d53d2751 5504
9b52905e
NC
5505 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5506 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5507 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5508 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5509 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5510 opcode |= 1 << 27;
d53d2751 5511
9b52905e
NC
5512 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5513 continue;
5514 }
d53d2751 5515
9b52905e
NC
5516 /* Float operand 1. */
5517 case 'a':
5518 {
5519 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5520 break;
5521 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5522 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5523 opcode |= num << 21;
5524 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5525 {
5526 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5527 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5528 }
5529 continue;
5530 }
d53d2751 5531
9b52905e
NC
5532 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5533 case 'X':
5534 case 'A':
5535 {
5536 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5537 break;
5538 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5539 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5540 opcode |= num << 21;
5541 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5542 continue;
5543 }
d53d2751 5544
9b52905e
NC
5545 /* Float operand 2. */
5546 case 'b':
5547 {
5548 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5549 break;
5550 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5551 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5552 opcode |= num << 16;
5553 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5554 {
5555 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5556 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5557 }
5558 continue;
5559 }
d53d2751 5560
9b52905e
NC
5561 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5562 case 'B':
5563 {
5564 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5565 break;
5566 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5567 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5568 opcode |= num << 16;
5569 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5570 continue;
5571 }
252b5132 5572
9b52905e
NC
5573 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5574 case 'C':
5575 {
5576 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5577 break;
5578 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5579 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5580 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5581 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5582 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5583 continue;
5584 }
252b5132 5585
9b52905e
NC
5586 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5587 case 'i':
5588 {
5589 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5590 break;
5591 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5592 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5593 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5594 {
5595 if (num < 16)
5596 {
5597 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5598 break;
5599 }
5600 num &= 0xF;
5601 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5602 }
5603 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5604 }
5605
5606 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5607 case 'j':
5608 {
5609 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5610 break;
5611 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5612 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5613 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5614 {
4e3b43ed
AM
5615 if (num < 16)
5616 {
9b52905e
NC
5617 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5618 break;
4e3b43ed
AM
5619 }
5620 num &= 0xF;
5621 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
9b52905e
NC
5622 }
5623 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5624 }
5625
5626 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5627 case 'k':
5628 {
5629 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5630 break;
5631 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5632 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5633 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5634 {
4e3b43ed
AM
5635 if (num < 16)
5636 {
9b52905e
NC
5637 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5638 break;
4e3b43ed
AM
5639 }
5640 num &= 0xF;
5641 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
9b52905e
NC
5642 }
5643 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5644 }
252b5132 5645
9b52905e
NC
5646 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5647 case 'l':
5648 {
5649 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5650 break;
5651 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5652 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5653 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5654 {
4e3b43ed
AM
5655 if (num < 16)
5656 {
9b52905e
NC
5657 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5658 break;
4e3b43ed
AM
5659 }
5660 num &= 0xF;
5661 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
9b52905e
NC
5662 }
5663 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5664 }
252b5132 5665
9b52905e
NC
5666 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5667 case 'm':
5668 {
5669 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5670 break;
5671 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5672 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5673 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5674 {
4e3b43ed
AM
5675 if (num < 16)
5676 {
9b52905e
NC
5677 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5678 break;
4e3b43ed
AM
5679 }
5680 num &= 0xF;
5681 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
9b52905e
NC
5682 }
5683 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5684 }
252b5132 5685
9b52905e
NC
5686 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5687 case 'E':
5688 case 'e':
5689 {
5690 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5691 break;
5692 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5693 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5694 opcode |= num << 16;
5695 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5696 {
5697 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5698 }
5699 continue;
5700 }
252b5132 5701
9b52905e
NC
5702 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5703 case 'x':
5704 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5705 break;
5706 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5707 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5708 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
252b5132 5709
9b52905e
NC
5710 default:
5711 abort ();
5712 }
5713 break;
5714
5715 default:
5716 abort ();
5717 }
5718 break;
252b5132 5719 }
9b52905e
NC
5720
5721 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5722 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5723 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5724 if (match == TRUE
5725 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5726 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
252b5132 5727 {
9b52905e
NC
5728 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5729 match = FALSE;
252b5132 5730 }
9b52905e
NC
5731
5732 failed:
5733 /* Check if the args matched. */
5734 if (!match)
252b5132 5735 {
9b52905e
NC
5736 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5737 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5738 {
5739 ++insn;
5740 s = argstart;
5741 continue;
5742 }
5743 else
5744 {
5745 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5746 return;
5747 }
252b5132 5748 }
9b52905e 5749 break;
252b5132
RH
5750 }
5751
91c2f09e
DA
5752 if (immediate_check)
5753 {
5754 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5755 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5756 pos, len);
5757 }
5758
9b52905e 5759 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
252b5132
RH
5760}
5761
9b52905e
NC
5762/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5763
5764void
5765md_assemble (char *str)
5766{
5767 char *to;
5768
5769 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
9c2799c2 5770 gas_assert (str);
9b52905e
NC
5771
5772 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5773 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5774 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5775
5776 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5777 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5778 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5779 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5780 {
5781 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5782
5783 if (label_symbol)
d53d2751 5784 {
9b52905e
NC
5785 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5786 {
5787 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5788 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5789 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5790#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5791 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5792 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5793 if (within_entry_exit)
5794 {
5795 char *where;
5796 unsigned int u;
5797
5798 where = frag_more (0);
5799 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5800 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5801 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5802 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5803 }
5804#endif
5805 }
5806 else
5807 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
d53d2751
JL
5808 }
5809 else
9b52905e 5810 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
d53d2751
JL
5811 }
5812
9b52905e
NC
5813 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5814 pa_ip (str);
d53d2751 5815
9b52905e
NC
5816 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5817 to = frag_more (4);
5818
5819 /* Output the opcode. */
5820 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5821
5822 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5823 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5824 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5825 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5826 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5827 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5828
5829#ifdef OBJ_ELF
5830 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5831#endif
d53d2751
JL
5832}
5833
49863f82 5834#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
5835/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5836 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5837static void
9b52905e 5838pa_align (int bytes)
252b5132
RH
5839{
5840 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5841 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5842
5843 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5844 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5845
5846 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5847 alignment if necessary. */
b8fc22bc
DA
5848 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5849 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
252b5132 5850}
49863f82 5851#endif
252b5132
RH
5852
5853/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5854
5855static void
9b52905e 5856pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 5857{
252b5132 5858 unsigned int temp_size;
252b5132 5859
49863f82 5860#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
5861 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5862 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 5863#endif
252b5132
RH
5864
5865 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5866
ee192366
MM
5867 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5868 {
5869 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5870 temp_size = 0;
5871 }
6bdb6dec 5872 else
252b5132 5873 {
6bdb6dec
AM
5874 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5875 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5876 *p = 0;
252b5132
RH
5877 }
5878
5879 pa_undefine_label ();
5880 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5881}
5882
5883/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5884
5885static void
9b52905e 5886pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
5887{
5888
5889#ifdef OBJ_SOM
0234cb7c 5890 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
252b5132
RH
5891 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5892 char *where = frag_more (0);
5893
5894 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5895 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5896 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
da6c73e0 5897 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
252b5132
RH
5898#endif
5899
5900 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5901}
5902
5903/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5904
5905static void
9b52905e 5906pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
5907{
5908#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5909 expressionS exp;
5910 char *where = frag_more (0);
5911
5912 if (! begin)
5913 expression (&exp);
5914
0234cb7c 5915 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
252b5132
RH
5916 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5917
5918 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5919 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5920 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
da6c73e0 5921 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
252b5132
RH
5922#endif
5923
5924 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5925}
5926
252b5132
RH
5927/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5928 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5929
5930static void
9b52905e 5931pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
252b5132
RH
5932{
5933 char *name, c, *p;
5934 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5935
5936 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5937 {
5938 name = input_line_pointer;
5939 c = get_symbol_end ();
5940 /* Process a source argument. */
5941 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5942 {
5943 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5944 p = input_line_pointer;
5945 *p = c;
5946 input_line_pointer++;
5947 name = input_line_pointer;
5948 c = get_symbol_end ();
5949 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5950 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5951 }
5952 /* Process a return value. */
5953 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5954 {
5955 p = input_line_pointer;
5956 *p = c;
5957 input_line_pointer++;
5958 name = input_line_pointer;
5959 c = get_symbol_end ();
5960 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5961 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5962 }
5963 else
5964 {
5965 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5966 }
5967 p = input_line_pointer;
5968 *p = c;
5969 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5970 input_line_pointer++;
5971 }
5972}
5973
9b52905e
NC
5974/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5975 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5976 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5977
5978static void
5979pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5980{
5981#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5982 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5983 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5984#endif
5985
5986 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5987 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5988}
5989
252b5132
RH
5990#ifdef OBJ_ELF
5991/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5992 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5993 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5994 of the unwind spaces. */
5995
5996static void
9b52905e 5997pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
252b5132 5998{
252b5132 5999 asection *seg, *save_seg;
3f9b03b5 6000 subsegT save_subseg;
da6c73e0 6001 unsigned int unwind;
3f9b03b5 6002 int reloc;
b6cdf8ae
DA
6003 char *name, *p;
6004 symbolS *symbolP;
252b5132 6005
1d3d5051
AM
6006 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6007 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6008 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
7acbfc6b
JL
6009 return;
6010
bb7835b8
NC
6011 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6012 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
6013 return;
6014
b6cdf8ae
DA
6015 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
6016 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
6017 multiple definitions, etc. */
6018 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_")
6019 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol))
6020 + 1);
6021 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_");
6022 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol));
6023
6024 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
6025 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
6026 entry. */
6027 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6028 if (symbolP)
6029 {
6030 xfree (name);
6031 return;
6032 }
6033 else
6034 {
6035 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
6036 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
6037 gas_assert (symbolP);
6038 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6039 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6040 }
6041
c46b7515 6042 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
c97305a1
JL
6043 save_seg = now_seg;
6044 save_subseg = now_subseg;
252b5132
RH
6045 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6046 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6047 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
252b5132
RH
6048 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6049 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6050 {
c97305a1 6051 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
252b5132
RH
6052 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6053 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
b100be66
JL
6054 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6055 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
252b5132
RH
6056 }
6057
46031ca9 6058 subseg_set (seg, 0);
252b5132 6059
252b5132
RH
6060 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6061 descriptor. */
da6c73e0 6062 p = frag_more (16);
252b5132
RH
6063
6064 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
8ea46bbd 6065 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
252b5132 6066 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
b6cdf8ae 6067 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
46031ca9 6068 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
da6c73e0 6069 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
252b5132
RH
6070
6071 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6072
6073 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6074 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6075 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6076 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6077 finished with its work. */
8ea46bbd 6078 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
da6c73e0 6079 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
252b5132 6080 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
46031ca9 6081 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
da6c73e0 6082 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
252b5132 6083
da6c73e0
AM
6084 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6085 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6086 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6087
6088 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6089 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
252b5132
RH
6090
6091 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6092 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6093}
6094#endif
6095
6096/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6097 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6098 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6099
6100static void
9b52905e 6101pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
6102{
6103 char *name, c, *p;
6104 int temp;
6105
49863f82 6106#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
6107 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6108 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6109#endif
252b5132
RH
6110
6111 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6112 if (!within_procedure)
6113 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6114
6115 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6116 current procedure. */
6117 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6118
6119 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6120 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6121 {
6122 name = input_line_pointer;
6123 c = get_symbol_end ();
6124 /* Frame size specification. */
6125 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6126 {
6127 p = input_line_pointer;
6128 *p = c;
6129 input_line_pointer++;
6130 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6131 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6132 {
6133 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6134 temp = 0;
6135 }
6136
6137 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6138 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6139
6140 }
6141 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6142 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6143 {
6144 p = input_line_pointer;
6145 *p = c;
6146 input_line_pointer++;
6147 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6148 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6149 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6150 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6151 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6152 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6153 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6154 }
6155 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6156 {
6157 p = input_line_pointer;
6158 *p = c;
6159 input_line_pointer++;
6160 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6161 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6162 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6163 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6164 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6165 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6166 }
6167 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6168 {
6169 p = input_line_pointer;
6170 *p = c;
6171 input_line_pointer++;
6172 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6173 if (temp != 3)
6174 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6175 }
6176 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6177 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6178 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6179 {
6180 p = input_line_pointer;
6181 *p = c;
6182 }
6183 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6184 {
6185 p = input_line_pointer;
6186 *p = c;
6187 }
6188 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6189 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6190 {
6191 p = input_line_pointer;
6192 *p = c;
6193 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6194 }
6195 /* Likewise for SP. */
6196 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6197 {
6198 p = input_line_pointer;
6199 *p = c;
6200 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6201 }
6202 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
4e3b43ed 6203 in the unwind descriptor. */
252b5132
RH
6204 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6205 {
6206 p = input_line_pointer;
6207 *p = c;
6208 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6209 }
6210 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
4e3b43ed 6211 unwind descriptor. */
252b5132
RH
6212 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6213 {
6214 p = input_line_pointer;
6215 *p = c;
6216 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6217 }
6218 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6219 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6220 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6221 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6222 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6223 {
6224 p = input_line_pointer;
6225 *p = c;
6226 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6227 }
6228 else
6229 {
6230 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6231 *input_line_pointer = c;
6232 }
6233 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6234 input_line_pointer++;
6235 }
6236
6237 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6238}
6239
85cf2a8a 6240#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
ad1079af
AM
6241/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6242 label when finished. */
9b52905e 6243
252b5132 6244static void
9b52905e 6245pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6246{
49863f82 6247#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
6248 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6249 current_subspace
6250 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
49863f82 6251#endif
ad1079af 6252
252b5132
RH
6253 s_text (0);
6254 pa_undefine_label ();
6255}
6256
ad1079af 6257/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
9b52905e 6258
ad1079af 6259static void
9b52905e 6260pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
ad1079af
AM
6261{
6262#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6263 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6264 current_subspace
6265 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6266#endif
6267 s_data (0);
6268 pa_undefine_label ();
6269}
6270
252b5132 6271/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
717c53ea 6272 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
252b5132
RH
6273
6274 <label> .comm <length>
6275
6276 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6277 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6278 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6279 and subspace.
6280
6281 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6282
6283 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6284 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6285 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6286 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6287 a pain.
6288
6289 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6290
6291static void
9b52905e 6292pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
6293{
6294 unsigned int size;
6295 symbolS *symbol;
6296 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6297
6298 if (label_symbol)
6299 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6300 else
6301 symbol = NULL;
6302
6303 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6304 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6305
6306 if (symbol)
6307 {
9992270f 6308 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
252b5132 6309 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
7815f848 6310 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
252b5132
RH
6311 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6312
6313 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
4e3b43ed
AM
6314 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6315 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
a0f75b47 6316 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
252b5132
RH
6317 }
6318 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6319}
85cf2a8a 6320#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
252b5132
RH
6321
6322/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6323
6324static void
9b52905e 6325pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
6326{
6327 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6328}
6329
6330/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
9b52905e 6331
252b5132 6332static void
9b52905e 6333pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6334{
49863f82 6335#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
6336 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6337 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6338#endif
252b5132
RH
6339
6340 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6341 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6342}
6343
6344/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
0234cb7c 6345 procedure. */
9b52905e 6346
252b5132 6347static void
9b52905e 6348pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6349{
49863f82 6350#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
6351 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6352 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6353#endif
252b5132
RH
6354
6355 if (!within_procedure)
6356 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6357 else
6358 {
6359 if (!callinfo_found)
6360 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6361 }
6362 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6363 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6364
6365#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6366 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6367 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6368 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6369 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6370
6371 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6372 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6373 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6374 denote the entry and exit points. */
6375 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6376 {
da6c73e0
AM
6377 char *where;
6378 unsigned int u;
252b5132 6379
da6c73e0
AM
6380 where = frag_more (0);
6381 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
252b5132
RH
6382 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6383 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
da6c73e0 6384 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
252b5132
RH
6385 }
6386#endif
6387}
6388
ecacdc7a
AM
6389/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6390 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6391 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6392static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6393
6394int
9b52905e
NC
6395hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6396 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6397 expressionS *rightP)
ecacdc7a
AM
6398{
6399 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6400 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6401 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6402 {
6403 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6404 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6405 }
6406 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6407}
6408
252b5132
RH
6409/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6410
6411static void
9b52905e 6412pa_equ (int reg)
252b5132
RH
6413{
6414 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6415 symbolS *symbol;
6416
6417 if (label_symbol)
6418 {
6419 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6420 if (reg)
ecacdc7a
AM
6421 {
6422 strict = 1;
6423 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6424 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6425 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6426 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6427 }
252b5132 6428 else
ecacdc7a
AM
6429 {
6430 expressionS exp;
6431 segT seg;
6432
6433 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6434 seg = expression (&exp);
6435 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6436 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6437 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6438 {
6439 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6440 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6441 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6442 seg = absolute_section;
6443 }
6444 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6445 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6446 }
252b5132
RH
6447 }
6448 else
6449 {
6450 if (reg)
6451 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6452 else
6453 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6454 }
6455
6456 pa_undefine_label ();
6457 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6458}
6459
9b52905e
NC
6460#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6461/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6462 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6463
6464static void
6465hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6466{
6467 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6468 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6469 char *name;
6470
6471 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6472 {
6473 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6474 or other problems. */
6475 return;
6476 }
6477
6478 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6479 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6480 + 1);
6481 if (name)
6482 {
6483 symbolS *symbolP;
6484
6485 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6486 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6487
6488 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6489 symbol will have already been defined. */
6490 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6491 if (symbolP)
6492 {
6493 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6494 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6495
6496 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6497 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6498 xfree (name);
6499 }
6500 else
6501 {
6502 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6503 last instruction of the function */
6504 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6505 frag_now);
6506
9c2799c2 6507 gas_assert (symbolP);
9b52905e
NC
6508 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6509 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6510 }
6511
6512 if (symbolP)
6513 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6514 else
6515 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6516
6517 }
6518 else
6519 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6520}
6521#endif
6522
252b5132
RH
6523/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6524 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6525 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6526
6527static void
9b52905e 6528process_exit (void)
252b5132
RH
6529{
6530 char *where;
6531
6532 where = frag_more (0);
6533
6534#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6535 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6536 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6537 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
87975d2a 6538 (void) where;
252b5132
RH
6539 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6540 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6541#else
6542 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6543 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6544 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6545 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6546
6547 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6548 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6549 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6550 denote the entry and exit points. */
6551 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6552 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6553 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
da6c73e0 6554 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
252b5132
RH
6555#endif
6556}
6557
6558/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6559
6560static void
9b52905e 6561pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6562{
49863f82 6563#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
6564 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6565 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6566#endif
252b5132
RH
6567
6568 if (!within_procedure)
6569 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6570 else
6571 {
6572 if (!callinfo_found)
6573 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6574 else
6575 {
6576 if (!within_entry_exit)
6577 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6578 else
6579 {
6580 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6581 process_exit ();
6582 }
6583 }
6584 }
6585 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6586}
6587
252b5132
RH
6588/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6589
6590static void
9b52905e 6591pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
252b5132
RH
6592{
6593 char *name, c, *p;
6594 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6595 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
904a31bf 6596 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
252b5132
RH
6597
6598 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
252b5132
RH
6599 {
6600 input_line_pointer += 8;
904a31bf 6601 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
6602 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6603 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6604 }
6605 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6606 {
6607 input_line_pointer += 4;
6608 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
4e3b43ed 6609 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
252b5132 6610
4e3b43ed
AM
6611 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6612 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6613 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
a0f75b47 6614 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
252b5132
RH
6615 {
6616 if (is_export)
a0f75b47
ILT
6617 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6618 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
252b5132 6619
904a31bf 6620 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
6621 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6622 }
6623 else
6624 {
904a31bf 6625 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
6626 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6627 }
6628 }
6629 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6630 {
6631 input_line_pointer += 4;
904a31bf
AM
6632 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6633 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
252b5132
RH
6634 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6635 }
6636 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6637 {
6638 input_line_pointer += 5;
904a31bf 6639 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
6640 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6641 }
6642 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6643 {
6644 input_line_pointer += 9;
904a31bf
AM
6645 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6646#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6647 {
6648 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6649 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6650 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6651 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6652 }
6653#endif
252b5132
RH
6654 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6655 }
6656 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6657 {
6658 input_line_pointer += 6;
904a31bf 6659 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
6660 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6661 }
6662 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6663 {
6664 input_line_pointer += 8;
904a31bf 6665 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
6666 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6667 }
6668 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6669 {
6670 input_line_pointer += 8;
904a31bf 6671 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
6672 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6673 }
6674
6675 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6676 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6677 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6678#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
904a31bf 6679 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
87975d2a
AM
6680#else
6681 (void) type;
252b5132
RH
6682#endif
6683
6684 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6685 handle any argument relocation information. */
6686 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6687 {
6688 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6689 input_line_pointer++;
6690 name = input_line_pointer;
6691 c = get_symbol_end ();
6692 /* Argument sources. */
6693 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6694 {
6695 p = input_line_pointer;
6696 *p = c;
6697 input_line_pointer++;
6698 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6699 name = input_line_pointer;
6700 c = get_symbol_end ();
6701 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
25a8b250 6702#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
ad1079af 6703 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
87975d2a
AM
6704#else
6705 (void) arg_reloc;
49863f82 6706#endif
252b5132
RH
6707 *input_line_pointer = c;
6708 }
6709 /* The return value. */
6710 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6711 {
6712 p = input_line_pointer;
6713 *p = c;
6714 input_line_pointer++;
6715 name = input_line_pointer;
6716 c = get_symbol_end ();
6717 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
25a8b250 6718#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
ad1079af 6719 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
87975d2a
AM
6720#else
6721 (void) arg_reloc;
49863f82 6722#endif
252b5132
RH
6723 *input_line_pointer = c;
6724 }
0234cb7c 6725 /* Privilege level. */
252b5132
RH
6726 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6727 {
9b52905e
NC
6728 p = input_line_pointer;
6729 *p = c;
6730 input_line_pointer++;
6731 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6732#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6733 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6734#endif
6735 c = get_symbol_end ();
6736 *input_line_pointer = c;
6737 }
6738 else
6739 {
6740 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6741 p = input_line_pointer;
6742 *p = c;
6743 }
6744 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6745 input_line_pointer++;
6746 }
6747}
6748
6749/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6750 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6751 to callers. */
6752
6753static void
6754pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6755{
6756 char *name, c, *p;
6757 symbolS *symbol;
6758
6759 name = input_line_pointer;
6760 c = get_symbol_end ();
6761 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6762 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6763 {
6764 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6765 p = input_line_pointer;
6766 *p = c;
6767 input_line_pointer++;
6768 }
6769 else
6770 {
6771 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
4e3b43ed
AM
6772 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6773 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6774 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6775 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
9b52905e
NC
6776 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6777 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6778 p = input_line_pointer;
6779 *p = c;
6780 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6781 {
252b5132 6782 input_line_pointer++;
9b52905e 6783 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
252b5132 6784 }
252b5132 6785 }
9b52905e
NC
6786
6787 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
252b5132
RH
6788}
6789
6790/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6791 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6792 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6793
6794static void
9b52905e 6795pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
6796{
6797 char *name, c, *p;
6798 symbolS *symbol;
6799
6800 name = input_line_pointer;
6801 c = get_symbol_end ();
6802
6803 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6804 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6805 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6806 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6807 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6808 {
6809 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6810 p = input_line_pointer;
6811 *p = c;
6812
6813 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6814 {
6815 input_line_pointer++;
6816 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6817 }
6818 else
6819 {
0234cb7c 6820 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
252b5132 6821 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
b6ff326e 6822 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
252b5132
RH
6823 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6824 if (now_seg == text_section)
a0f75b47 6825 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
6826
6827 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6828 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6829 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6830 }
6831 }
6832 else
6833 {
6834 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6835 the end of the current statement. */
6836 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6837 input_line_pointer++;
6838 }
6839
6840 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6841}
6842
6843/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6844
6845static void
9b52905e 6846pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
6847{
6848 char *name, c, *p;
6849
6850 name = input_line_pointer;
6851 c = get_symbol_end ();
6852
6853 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6854 {
6855 colon (name);
6856 p = input_line_pointer;
6857 *p = c;
6858 }
6859 else
6860 {
6861 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6862 }
6863
6864 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6865 {
6866 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6867 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6868 }
6869 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6870}
6871
6872/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6873
6874static void
9b52905e 6875pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6876{
49863f82 6877#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
6878 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6879 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6880#endif
252b5132
RH
6881
6882 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6883 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6884}
6885
6886/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6887
6888static void
9b52905e 6889pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
6890{
6891 char *level;
6892
6893 level = input_line_pointer;
6894 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6895 {
6896 input_line_pointer += 3;
6897 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6898 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6899 }
6900 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6901 {
6902 input_line_pointer += 3;
6903 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6904 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6905 }
46031ca9
JL
6906 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6907 {
6908 input_line_pointer += 4;
6909 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6910 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6911 }
252b5132
RH
6912 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6913 {
6914 input_line_pointer += 3;
6915 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6916 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6917 }
6918 else
6919 {
6920 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6921 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6922 }
6923 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6924}
6925
6926/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6927
6928static void
9b52905e 6929pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 6930{
49863f82 6931#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
6932 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6933 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6934#endif
252b5132
RH
6935
6936 s_org (0);
6937 pa_undefine_label ();
6938}
6939
6940/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6941 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6942
6943static void
9b52905e 6944pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
6945{
6946 char *name, c, *p;
6947 symbolS *symbol;
6948
6949 name = input_line_pointer;
6950 c = get_symbol_end ();
6951
6952 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6953 {
6954 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6955 p = input_line_pointer;
6956 *p = c;
6957 input_line_pointer++;
6958 }
6959 else
6960 {
6961 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6962 p = input_line_pointer;
6963 *p = c;
6964 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6965 {
6966 input_line_pointer++;
6967 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6968 }
6969 }
6970
6971 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6972}
6973
6974/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
ad1079af 6975 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
252b5132
RH
6976
6977static void
9b52905e 6978pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
6979{
6980 struct call_info *call_info;
6981
49863f82 6982#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
6983 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6984 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6985#endif
252b5132
RH
6986
6987 if (within_procedure)
6988 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6989
6990 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6991 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6992 within_procedure = TRUE;
6993
6994 /* Create another call_info structure. */
9b52905e 6995 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
252b5132
RH
6996
6997 if (!call_info)
6998 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6999
7000 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7001
7002 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7003
7004 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7005 {
7006 call_info_root = call_info;
7007 last_call_info = call_info;
7008 }
7009 else
7010 {
7011 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7012 last_call_info = call_info;
7013 }
7014
7015 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7016
7017 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7018 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7019 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7020
7021 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7022 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7023 {
7024 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7025
7026 if (label_symbol)
7027 {
7028 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7029 {
7030 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
a0f75b47 7031 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
7032 }
7033 else
7034 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7035 }
7036 else
7037 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7038 }
7039
7040 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7041}
7042
0234cb7c 7043/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
252b5132
RH
7044 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7045
7046static void
9b52905e 7047pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 7048{
49863f82 7049#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
7050 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7051 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 7052#endif
252b5132
RH
7053
7054 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7055 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7056 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7057
7058 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7059 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7060 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7061 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7062 {
7063 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7064
7065 if (label_symbol)
7066 {
7067 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7068 {
7069 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
a0f75b47
ILT
7070 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7071 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH
7072#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7073 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7074 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7075 if (within_entry_exit)
7076 {
da6c73e0
AM
7077 char *where;
7078 unsigned int u;
252b5132 7079
da6c73e0
AM
7080 where = frag_more (0);
7081 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
252b5132
RH
7082 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7083 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
da6c73e0 7084 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
252b5132
RH
7085 }
7086#endif
7087 }
7088 else
7089 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7090 }
7091 else
7092 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7093 }
7094
7095 if (!within_procedure)
7096 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7097
7098 if (!callinfo_found)
7099 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7100
7101 if (within_entry_exit)
7102 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7103
7104#ifdef OBJ_ELF
7105 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7106 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7107 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7108#endif
7109
7110 within_procedure = FALSE;
7111 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7112 pa_undefine_label ();
7113}
7114
3f9b03b5 7115#ifdef OBJ_SOM
49863f82
JL
7116/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7117 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7118
7119static int
9b52905e 7120exact_log2 (int value)
49863f82
JL
7121{
7122 int shift = 0;
7123
7124 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7125 shift++;
7126
7127 if (shift >= 32)
7128 return -1;
7129 else
7130 return shift;
7131}
7132
49863f82
JL
7133/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7134
7135static void
9b52905e 7136pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
49863f82
JL
7137{
7138 if (current_space == NULL)
7139 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7140
7141 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7142 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7143}
7144
252b5132
RH
7145/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7146 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7147 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7148
7149static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 7150pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
252b5132
RH
7151{
7152 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7153 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
ecacdc7a 7154 int spnum;
252b5132
RH
7155 asection *seg = NULL;
7156 sd_chain_struct *space;
7157
9b52905e 7158 /* Load default values. */
252b5132
RH
7159 spnum = 0;
7160 sort = 0;
7161 loadable = TRUE;
7162 defined = TRUE;
7163 private = FALSE;
7164 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7165 {
7166 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7167 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7168 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7169 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7170 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7171 }
7172 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7173 {
7174 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7175 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7176 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7177 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7178 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7179 }
7180
7181 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7182 {
7183 print_errors = FALSE;
7184 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7185 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
4e3b43ed
AM
7186 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7187 the line should be ignored. */
ecacdc7a
AM
7188 strict = 0;
7189 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7190 if (pa_number >= 0)
252b5132 7191 {
ecacdc7a 7192 spnum = pa_number;
252b5132
RH
7193 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7194 }
7195 else
7196 {
7197 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7198 {
7199 input_line_pointer++;
7200 name = input_line_pointer;
7201 c = get_symbol_end ();
7202 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7203 {
7204 *input_line_pointer = c;
7205 input_line_pointer++;
7206 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7207 }
7208 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7209 {
7210 *input_line_pointer = c;
7211 input_line_pointer++;
7212 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7213 }
7214 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7215 {
7216 *input_line_pointer = c;
7217 loadable = FALSE;
7218 }
7219 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7220 {
7221 *input_line_pointer = c;
7222 defined = FALSE;
7223 }
7224 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7225 {
7226 *input_line_pointer = c;
7227 private = TRUE;
7228 }
7229 else
7230 {
7231 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7232 *input_line_pointer = c;
7233 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7234 input_line_pointer++;
7235 }
7236 }
7237 }
7238 print_errors = TRUE;
7239 }
7240
7241 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7242 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7243
7244 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7245 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7246 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
0234cb7c 7247 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
252b5132
RH
7248 if (create_flag)
7249 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7250 private, sort, seg, 1);
7251 else
7252 {
7253 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7254 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7255 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7256 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7257 }
7258
7259#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7260 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7261#endif
7262
7263 return space;
7264}
7265
7266/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7267 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7268
7269static void
9b52905e 7270pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
7271{
7272 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
252b5132
RH
7273 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7274
7275 if (within_procedure)
7276 {
7277 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7278 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7279 }
7280 else
7281 {
7282 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
4e3b43ed
AM
7283 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7284 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
252b5132
RH
7285 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7286 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7287 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7288 {
7289 input_line_pointer += 6;
7290 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7291 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7292 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7293 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7294 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7295
7296 current_space = sd_chain;
7297 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7298 current_subspace
7299 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7300 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7301 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7302 return;
7303 }
7304 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7305 {
7306 input_line_pointer += 9;
7307 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7308 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7309 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7310 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7311 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7312
7313 current_space = sd_chain;
7314 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7315 current_subspace
7316 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7317 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7318 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7319 return;
7320 }
7321 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7322 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7323 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7324 {
7325 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7326 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7327 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7328 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7329 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7330 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7331
7332 current_space = sd_chain;
7333
7334 {
7335 asection *gdb_section
7336 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7337
7338 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7339 current_subspace
7340 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7341 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7342 }
7343 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7344 return;
7345 }
7346
7347 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7348 print_errors = 0;
7349 save_s = input_line_pointer;
ecacdc7a
AM
7350 strict = 0;
7351 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7352 if (pa_number >= 0)
252b5132 7353 {
ecacdc7a 7354 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
252b5132
RH
7355 {
7356 current_space = sd_chain;
7357
7358 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7359 current_subspace
7360 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7361 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7363 return;
7364 }
7365 }
7366
7367 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7368 print_errors = 1;
7369 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7370 name = input_line_pointer;
7371 c = get_symbol_end ();
7372 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7373 strcpy (space_name, name);
7374 *input_line_pointer = c;
7375
7376 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7377 current_space = sd_chain;
7378
7379 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7380 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7381 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7382 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7383 }
7384}
7385
7386/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7387
7388static void
9b52905e 7389pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
7390{
7391 char *name;
7392 char c;
7393 char *p;
7394 sd_chain_struct *space;
7395
7396 name = input_line_pointer;
7397 c = get_symbol_end ();
7398 space = is_defined_space (name);
7399 if (space)
7400 {
7401 p = frag_more (4);
7402 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7403 }
7404 else
7405 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7406
7407 *input_line_pointer = c;
7408 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7409}
7410
252b5132
RH
7411/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7412 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7413
7414 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7415 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7416
7417static void
9b52905e 7418pa_subspace (int create_new)
252b5132 7419{
49863f82 7420 char *name, *ss_name, c;
351e2b5a 7421 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
fd4db1a1 7422 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
252b5132
RH
7423 sd_chain_struct *space;
7424 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7425 asection *section;
7426
7427 if (current_space == NULL)
7428 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7429
7430 if (within_procedure)
7431 {
7432 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7433 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7434 }
7435 else
7436 {
7437 name = input_line_pointer;
7438 c = get_symbol_end ();
7439 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7440 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7441 *input_line_pointer = c;
7442
7443 /* Load default values. */
7444 sort = 0;
fd4db1a1 7445 access_ctr = 0x7f;
252b5132 7446 loadable = 1;
351e2b5a 7447 comdat = 0;
252b5132
RH
7448 common = 0;
7449 dup_common = 0;
7450 code_only = 0;
7451 zero = 0;
7452 space_index = ~0;
7453 alignment = 1;
7454 quadrant = 0;
252b5132
RH
7455
7456 space = current_space;
7457 if (create_new)
7458 ssd = NULL;
7459 else
7460 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7461 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
4e3b43ed 7462 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
252b5132
RH
7463 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7464 {
7465 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7466 current_subspace = ssd;
7467 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7468 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7469 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7470 return;
7471 }
7472 else
7473 {
7474 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7475 the builtin subspaces. */
7476 i = 0;
7477 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7478 {
7479 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7480 {
7481 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
351e2b5a 7482 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
252b5132
RH
7483 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7484 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7485 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7486 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7487 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7488 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7489 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
fd4db1a1 7490 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
252b5132 7491 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
252b5132
RH
7492 break;
7493 }
7494 i++;
7495 }
7496 }
7497
7498 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
4e3b43ed 7499 any information as specified by the user. */
252b5132
RH
7500 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7501 {
7502 input_line_pointer++;
7503 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7504 {
7505 name = input_line_pointer;
7506 c = get_symbol_end ();
7507 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7508 {
7509 *input_line_pointer = c;
7510 input_line_pointer++;
7511 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7512 }
7513 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7514 {
7515 *input_line_pointer = c;
7516 input_line_pointer++;
7517 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
b8fc22bc 7518 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
252b5132
RH
7519 {
7520 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7521 alignment = 1;
7522 }
7523 }
7524 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7525 {
7526 *input_line_pointer = c;
7527 input_line_pointer++;
fd4db1a1 7528 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
252b5132
RH
7529 }
7530 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7531 {
7532 *input_line_pointer = c;
7533 input_line_pointer++;
7534 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7535 }
7536 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7537 {
7538 *input_line_pointer = c;
7539 code_only = 1;
7540 }
7541 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7542 {
7543 *input_line_pointer = c;
7544 loadable = 0;
7545 }
351e2b5a
DA
7546 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7547 {
7548 *input_line_pointer = c;
7549 comdat = 1;
7550 }
252b5132
RH
7551 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7552 {
7553 *input_line_pointer = c;
7554 common = 1;
7555 }
7556 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7557 {
7558 *input_line_pointer = c;
7559 dup_common = 1;
7560 }
7561 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7562 {
7563 *input_line_pointer = c;
7564 zero = 1;
7565 }
7566 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7567 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7568 else
7569 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7570 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7571 input_line_pointer++;
7572 }
7573 }
7574
7575 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
4e3b43ed 7576 in the .subspace directive. */
252b5132
RH
7577 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7578 flags = 0;
7579 if (loadable)
7580 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7581 if (code_only)
7582 flags |= SEC_CODE;
351e2b5a
DA
7583
7584 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7585 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7586 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7587 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7588 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7589 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7590 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7591 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7592 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7593 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
252b5132
RH
7594
7595 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7596
7597 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7598 if (zero)
7599 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7600
7601 applicable &= flags;
7602
7603 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
4e3b43ed 7604 segment already associated with the subspace.
252b5132 7605
4e3b43ed
AM
7606 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7607 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7608 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7609 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
252b5132
RH
7610 if (create_new)
7611 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7612 else if (ssd)
7613 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
252b5132
RH
7614 else
7615 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7616
7617 if (zero)
7618 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7619
7620 /* Now set the flags. */
7621 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7622
7623 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
b8fc22bc 7624 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
252b5132
RH
7625
7626 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7627 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7628 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7629
7630 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
4e3b43ed 7631 or create a new one. */
252b5132
RH
7632 if (ssd)
7633
7634 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
351e2b5a 7635 code_only, comdat, common,
fd4db1a1 7636 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
351e2b5a 7637 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
252b5132
RH
7638 section);
7639 else
7640 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
351e2b5a 7641 code_only, comdat, common,
252b5132 7642 dup_common, zero, sort,
fd4db1a1 7643 access_ctr, space_index,
351e2b5a 7644 alignment, quadrant, section);
252b5132
RH
7645
7646 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7647 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7648 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7649 }
7650 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7651}
7652
252b5132
RH
7653/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7654
7655static void
9b52905e 7656pa_spaces_begin (void)
252b5132
RH
7657{
7658 int i;
7659
7660 space_dict_root = NULL;
7661 space_dict_last = NULL;
7662
7663 i = 0;
7664 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7665 {
7666 char *name;
7667
7668 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
49863f82 7669 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
252b5132
RH
7670
7671 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7672 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7673 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7674 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7675 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7676 i++;
7677 }
7678
7679 i = 0;
7680 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7681 {
7682 char *name;
7683 int applicable, subsegment;
7684 asection *segment = NULL;
7685 sd_chain_struct *space;
7686
7687 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
4e3b43ed 7688 subsegment number. */
49863f82
JL
7689 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7690 subsegment = 0;
252b5132
RH
7691
7692 /* Create the new section. */
7693 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7694
252b5132 7695 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
4e3b43ed 7696 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
252b5132 7697 all the built-in subspaces. */
49863f82 7698 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
252b5132
RH
7699 {
7700 text_section = segment;
7701 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7702 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7703 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7704 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7705 | SEC_READONLY
7706 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7707 }
49863f82 7708 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
252b5132
RH
7709 {
7710 data_section = segment;
7711 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7712 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7713 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7714 | SEC_RELOC
7715 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7716
252b5132 7717 }
49863f82 7718 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
252b5132
RH
7719 {
7720 bss_section = segment;
7721 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7722 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7723 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7724 }
49863f82 7725 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
252b5132
RH
7726 {
7727 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7728 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7729 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7730 | SEC_RELOC
7731 | SEC_READONLY
7732 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7733 }
49863f82 7734 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
252b5132
RH
7735 {
7736 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7737 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7738 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7739 | SEC_RELOC
7740 | SEC_READONLY
7741 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7742 }
49863f82 7743 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
252b5132
RH
7744 {
7745 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7746 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7747 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7748 | SEC_RELOC
7749 | SEC_READONLY
7750 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7751 }
7752
7753 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7754 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7755 def_space_index].segment);
7756 if (space == NULL)
7757 {
7758 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7759 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7760 }
7761
7762 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7763 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7764 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
351e2b5a 7765 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
252b5132
RH
7766 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7767 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7768 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7769 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7770 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7771 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7772 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7773 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7774 segment);
7775 i++;
7776 }
7777}
7778
252b5132
RH
7779/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7780 by the given parameters. */
7781
7782static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e
NC
7783create_new_space (char *name,
7784 int spnum,
7785 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7786 int defined,
7787 int private,
7788 int sort,
7789 asection *seg,
7790 int user_defined)
252b5132
RH
7791{
7792 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7793
9b52905e 7794 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
252b5132
RH
7795 if (!chain_entry)
7796 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7797 name);
7798
9b52905e 7799 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
252b5132
RH
7800 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7801 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7802 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7803 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7804
7805 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7806 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7807 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7808 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7809
7810 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7811 if (!space_dict_last)
7812 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7813
7814 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7815 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7816 else
7817 {
7818 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7819 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7820
7821 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7822 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7823
7824 while (chain_pointer)
7825 {
7826 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7827 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7828 }
7829
7830 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
4e3b43ed 7831 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
252b5132
RH
7832 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7833 {
7834 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7835 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7836 }
7837 else
7838 {
7839 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7840 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7841 }
7842
7843 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7844 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7845 }
7846
7847 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7848 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7849 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7850 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7851#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7852 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7853#endif
7854
7855 return chain_entry;
7856}
7857
7858/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7859 by the given parameters.
7860
7861 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7862 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7863
7864static ssd_chain_struct *
9b52905e
NC
7865create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7866 char *name,
7867 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7868 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7869 int comdat,
7870 int common,
7871 int dup_common,
7872 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7873 int sort,
fd4db1a1 7874 int access_ctr,
9b52905e
NC
7875 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7876 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7877 int quadrant,
7878 asection *seg)
252b5132
RH
7879{
7880 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7881
9b52905e 7882 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
252b5132
RH
7883 if (!chain_entry)
7884 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7885
9b52905e 7886 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
252b5132
RH
7887 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7888
7889 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7890 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7891 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7892
49863f82 7893 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
252b5132
RH
7894 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7895 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7896
7897 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7898 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7899 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7900 else
7901 {
7902 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7903 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7904
7905 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7906 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7907
7908 while (chain_pointer)
7909 {
7910 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7911 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7912 }
7913
7914 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
4e3b43ed 7915 the links. */
252b5132
RH
7916 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7917 {
7918 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7919 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7920 }
7921 else
7922 {
7923 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7924 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7925 }
7926 }
7927
7928#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
fd4db1a1 7929 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
351e2b5a 7930 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
252b5132
RH
7931#endif
7932
7933 return chain_entry;
7934}
7935
7936/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7937 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7938
7939static ssd_chain_struct *
9b52905e
NC
7940update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7941 char *name,
7942 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7943 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7944 int comdat,
7945 int common,
7946 int dup_common,
7947 int sort,
7948 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
fd4db1a1 7949 int access_ctr,
9b52905e
NC
7950 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7951 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7952 int quadrant,
7953 asection *section)
252b5132
RH
7954{
7955 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7956
7957 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7958
7959#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
fd4db1a1 7960 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
351e2b5a 7961 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
252b5132
RH
7962#endif
7963
7964 return chain_entry;
7965}
7966
7967/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7968 NULL if no such space exists. */
7969
7970static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 7971is_defined_space (char *name)
252b5132
RH
7972{
7973 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7974
7975 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7976 chain_pointer;
7977 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
9b52905e
NC
7978 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7979 return chain_pointer;
252b5132
RH
7980
7981 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7982 return NULL;
7983}
7984
7985/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7986 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7987
7988 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7989 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7990
7991static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 7992pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
252b5132
RH
7993{
7994 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7995
7996 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7997 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7998 space_chain;
7999 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
9b52905e
NC
8000 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8001 return space_chain;
252b5132
RH
8002
8003 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8004 return NULL;
8005}
8006
e12904d2
DA
8007/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
8008 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
252b5132 8009
e12904d2
DA
8010 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
8011 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
8012 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
8013 COMDAT data.
9b52905e 8014
252b5132
RH
8015 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8016 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8017 own subspace. */
8018
8019static ssd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 8020is_defined_subspace (char *name)
252b5132
RH
8021{
8022 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8023 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8024
8025 /* Walk through each space. */
8026 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8027 space_chain;
8028 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8029 {
8030 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8031 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8032 subspace_chain;
8033 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8034 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8035 return subspace_chain;
8036 }
8037
8038 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8039 return NULL;
8040}
8041
8042/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8043 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8044
8045 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8046 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8047 to become more efficient. */
8048
8049static ssd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 8050pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
252b5132
RH
8051{
8052 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8053 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8054
8055 /* Walk through each space. */
8056 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8057 space_chain;
8058 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8059 {
8060 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8061 {
8062 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8063 the correct mapping. */
8064 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8065 subspace_chain;
8066 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8067 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8068 return subspace_chain;
8069 }
8070 }
8071
8072 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8073 return NULL;
8074}
8075
8076/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8077
8078 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8079 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8080
8081static sd_chain_struct *
9b52905e 8082pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
252b5132
RH
8083{
8084 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8085
8086 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8087 space_chain;
8088 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8089 {
8090 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8091 return space_chain;
8092 }
8093
8094 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8095 return NULL;
8096}
8097
8098/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8099 address is unknown then return zero. */
8100
8101static unsigned int
9b52905e 8102pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
252b5132 8103{
252b5132
RH
8104 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8105 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8106 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8107 return 0x40000000;
8108 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8109 return 0x40000000;
8110 else
8111 return 0;
252b5132
RH
8112 return 0;
8113}
49863f82 8114#endif
252b5132
RH
8115
8116/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8117 a string. */
8118
8119static unsigned int
9b52905e 8120pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
252b5132
RH
8121{
8122 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8123
252b5132
RH
8124 switch (c)
8125 {
8126 case '\"':
8127 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8128 break;
8129 default:
8130 break;
8131 }
8132 return c;
8133}
8134
8135/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8136
8137static void
9b52905e 8138pa_stringer (int append_zero)
252b5132
RH
8139{
8140 char *s, num_buf[4];
8141 unsigned int c;
8142 int i;
8143
8144 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
ad1079af 8145 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
252b5132
RH
8146 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8147
ad1079af
AM
8148#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8149 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8150 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8151#endif
8152
252b5132
RH
8153 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8154 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8155
8156 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8157 {
8158 if (c == '\\')
8159 {
8160 c = *s;
8161 switch (c)
8162 {
8163 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8164 case 'x':
8165 {
8166 unsigned int number;
8167 int num_digit;
8168 char dg;
8169 char *s_start = s;
8170
ad1079af 8171 /* Get past the 'x'. */
252b5132
RH
8172 s++;
8173 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8174 num_digit < 2
3882b010 8175 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
252b5132
RH
8176 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8177 num_digit++)
8178 {
3882b010 8179 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
252b5132
RH
8180 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8181 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8182 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8183 else
8184 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8185
8186 s++;
8187 dg = *s;
8188 }
8189 if (num_digit > 0)
8190 {
8191 switch (num_digit)
8192 {
8193 case 1:
8194 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8195 break;
8196 case 2:
8197 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8198 break;
8199 }
8200 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8201 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8202 }
8203 break;
8204 }
8205 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8206 default:
8207 s++;
8208 break;
8209 }
8210 }
8211 }
38a57ae7 8212 stringer (8 + append_zero);
252b5132
RH
8213 pa_undefine_label ();
8214}
8215
8216/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8217
8218static void
9b52905e 8219pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
8220{
8221 obj_version (0);
8222 pa_undefine_label ();
8223}
8224
8225#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8226
8227/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8228
8229static void
9b52905e 8230pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
8231{
8232 obj_som_compiler (0);
8233 pa_undefine_label ();
8234}
8235
8236#endif
8237
8238/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8239
8240static void
9b52905e 8241pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132
RH
8242{
8243 obj_copyright (0);
8244 pa_undefine_label ();
8245}
8246
8247/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8248 the latest space label. */
8249
8250static void
9b52905e 8251pa_cons (int nbytes)
252b5132
RH
8252{
8253 cons (nbytes);
8254 pa_undefine_label ();
8255}
8256
252b5132
RH
8257/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8258
8259static void
9b52905e 8260pa_float_cons (int float_type)
252b5132
RH
8261{
8262 float_cons (float_type);
8263 pa_undefine_label ();
8264}
8265
8266/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8267
8268static void
9b52905e 8269pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 8270{
49863f82 8271#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
8272 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8273 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8274#endif
252b5132
RH
8275
8276 s_fill (0);
8277 pa_undefine_label ();
8278}
8279
8280/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8281
8282static void
9b52905e 8283pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
252b5132 8284{
49863f82 8285#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
8286 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8287 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8288#endif
252b5132
RH
8289
8290 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8291 pa_undefine_label ();
8292}
8293
8294/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8295
8296static void
9b52905e 8297pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
252b5132 8298{
49863f82 8299#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH
8300 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8301 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8302#endif
252b5132
RH
8303
8304 s_lsym (0);
8305 pa_undefine_label ();
8306}
8307
9b52905e
NC
8308/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8309 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8310
8311void
8312md_begin (void)
8313{
8314 const char *retval = NULL;
8315 int lose = 0;
8316 unsigned int i = 0;
8317
8318 last_call_info = NULL;
8319 call_info_root = NULL;
8320
8321 /* Set the default machine type. */
8322 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8323 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8324
8325 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8326 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8327 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8328 {
8329 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8330 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8331 }
8332
8333#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8334 pa_spaces_begin ();
8335#endif
8336
8337 op_hash = hash_new ();
8338
8339 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8340 {
8341 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8342
8343 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8344 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8345 {
8346 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8347 lose = 1;
8348 }
8349
8350 do
8351 {
8352 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8353 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8354 {
8355 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8356 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8357 lose = 1;
8358 }
8359 ++i;
8360 }
8361 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8362 }
8363
8364 if (lose)
8365 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8366
8367#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8368 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8369 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8370 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8371#endif
8372
8373#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8374 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8375 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8376 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
4e3b43ed 8377 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
9b52905e
NC
8378#endif
8379}
8380
252b5132
RH
8381/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8382 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8383 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8384
8385 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8386 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8387 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8388 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8389 with the address of "foo").
8390
8391 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8392 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8393 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8394
8395 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8396 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8397 selectors).
8398
88856d20
DA
8399 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8400 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
252b5132
RH
8401
8402int
9b52905e 8403hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
252b5132 8404{
2337eb33 8405#ifdef OBJ_ELF
3dcfe21d 8406 reloc_type code;
2337eb33 8407#endif
252b5132
RH
8408 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8409
8410 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8411
904a31bf 8412#ifdef OBJ_ELF
3dcfe21d
AM
8413 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8414 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8415 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8416 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8417 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8418 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8419
8420 switch (code)
8421 {
8422 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8423 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
3dcfe21d
AM
8424 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8425 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
3dcfe21d
AM
8426 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8427
8428 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8429 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8430 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8431 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8432 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
3dcfe21d
AM
8433 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8434 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8435 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8436 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8437 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8438 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
40d74fb1
JL
8439 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8440 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8441 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
3dcfe21d
AM
8442
8443 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8444 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8445 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8446 return 0;
8447 default:
8448 break;
8449 }
5506e1a5 8450#endif
959ee541 8451
252b5132 8452 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
d53d2751 8453 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
252b5132
RH
8454
8455 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8456 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8457 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8458 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8459 && fixp->fx_subsy
8460 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
a161fe53 8461 return 0;
252b5132
RH
8462
8463 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
1cd1c99b
AM
8464
8465 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8466 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8467 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8468 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8469 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8470 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8471 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8472 sum to the right value.
8473
8474 eg. Suppose we have
8475 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8476 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
25a8b250
AM
8477 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8478
8479 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8480 reducing to the section symbol we get
8481 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8482 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8483 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8484 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
0234cb7c 8485 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
25a8b250
AM
8486
8487 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8488 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8489 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8490 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
1cd1c99b
AM
8491 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8492
252b5132
RH
8493 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8494 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8495 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8496 return 0;
252b5132
RH
8497
8498 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8499 relocations with plabels. */
8500 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8501 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8502 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8503 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8504 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8505 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8506 return 0;
8507
252b5132
RH
8508 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8509 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8510 return 0;
8511
8512 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
5506e1a5
AM
8513 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8514 return 0;
252b5132 8515
5506e1a5 8516 return 1;
252b5132
RH
8517}
8518
8519/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8520 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8521 within GAS. */
8522
8523int
9b52905e 8524hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
252b5132
RH
8525{
8526 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
252b5132
RH
8527
8528 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8529#ifdef OBJ_SOM
ad1079af
AM
8530 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8531 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8532 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8533 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8534 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8535 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
252b5132
RH
8536 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8537 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8538 return 1;
8539#endif
904a31bf
AM
8540#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8541 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8542 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8543 return 1;
5506e1a5
AM
8544#endif
8545
9c2799c2 8546 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
252b5132 8547
9e754211
AM
8548 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8549 linking works. */
ae6063d4 8550 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
9e754211
AM
8551 return 1;
8552
252b5132 8553 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
b6ff326e 8554 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
9e754211 8555 call stub. */
5506e1a5
AM
8556 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8557 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8558 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
252b5132 8559 return 1;
ad1079af 8560
5506e1a5
AM
8561 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8562 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8563 {
ec8b3afd
JL
8564 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8565 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
5506e1a5 8566
ec8b3afd
JL
8567 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8568
8569 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8570 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8571 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8572#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8573 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8574 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
27df9f40 8575#endif
ec8b3afd
JL
8576
8577 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8578 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8579 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8580 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8581 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8582 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8583 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8584 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
27df9f40 8585 )
5506e1a5
AM
8586 return 1;
8587 }
252b5132 8588
ad1079af 8589 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
252b5132 8590 return 1;
252b5132
RH
8591
8592 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8593 return 0;
8594}
8595
8596/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8597#ifdef OBJ_ELF
252b5132
RH
8598/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8599 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8600 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8601 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8602
8603void
9b52905e 8604elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
252b5132
RH
8605{
8606 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8607
8608 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8609 call_info_pointer;
8610 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8611 {
8612 elf_symbol_type *esym
a0f75b47
ILT
8613 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8614 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
252b5132
RH
8615 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8616 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8617 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8618 }
8619}
2d93dcc4 8620
904a31bf 8621static void
9b52905e 8622pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
904a31bf
AM
8623{
8624 struct fix *new_fix;
8625
8626 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8627
8628 if (new_fix)
8629 {
9b52905e
NC
8630 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8631
904a31bf
AM
8632 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8633 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8634 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8635 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8636 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8637 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8638 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8639 }
8640}
8641
8642static void
9b52905e 8643pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
904a31bf
AM
8644{
8645 struct fix *new_fix;
8646
8647 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8648
8649 if (new_fix)
8650 {
9b52905e
NC
8651 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8652
904a31bf
AM
8653 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8654 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8655 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8656 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8657 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8658 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8659 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8660 }
8661}
2d93dcc4 8662#endif
9b52905e
NC
8663
8664/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8665 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8666 dependent tables? */
8667const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8668{
8669 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8670 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8671#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8672 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8673#endif
8674#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8675 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8676#endif
8677 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8678 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8679 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8680 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8681 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8682 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8683 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8684#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8685 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8686#else
8687 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8688 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8689#endif
8690#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8691 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8692#endif
8693 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8694#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8695 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8696#endif
8697 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8698 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8699 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8700 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8701#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8702 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8703#endif
8704 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8705 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8706 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8707 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8708 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8709 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8710 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8711 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8712 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8713 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8714 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8715 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8716 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8717 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8718 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8719 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8720#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8721 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8722#endif
8723 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8724 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8725 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8726 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8727 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8728 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8729 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8730 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8731 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8732 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8733#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8734 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8735 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8736#endif
8737 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8738 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8739#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8740 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8741#endif
8742#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8743 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8744#endif
8745 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8746#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8747 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8748 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8749#endif
8750 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8751 {NULL, 0, 0}
8752};
c79b7c30
RC
8753
8754#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8755void
8756hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8757{
8758 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8759}
8760
8761int
8762hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8763{
8764 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8765 unsigned int i;
8766 const char *p;
8767 char *q;
8768 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8769 {
8770 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8771 };
8772
8773 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8774 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8775 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8776
8777 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8778 {
8779 p = regname + 1;
8780 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8781 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8782 return -1;
8783 }
8784 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8785 {
8786 p = regname + 2;
8787 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
2b489661 8788#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
c79b7c30
RC
8789 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8790 return -1;
8791 regnum += 32 - 4;
2b489661
DA
8792#else
8793 if (p == q
8794 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8795 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8796 return -1;
8797 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8798 if (*q == 'R')
8799 regnum++;
8800#endif
c79b7c30
RC
8801 }
8802 return regnum;
8803}
8804#endif
This page took 1.303087 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.